1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
69 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
71 #include "insn-config.h"
79 #include "dwarf2out.h"
80 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
86 #include "diagnostic.h"
89 #include "langhooks.h"
94 #include "tree-pass.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO || saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
179 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm = true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
221 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
222 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
223 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
224 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
225 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
226 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
227 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
228 static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section;
229 static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section;
230 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
231 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
232 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct {
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct {
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc {
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct {
299 const char *dw_fde_begin;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
301 const char *dw_fde_end;
302 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
303 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
304 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
305 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
306 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
307 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
308 unsigned funcdef_number;
309 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment;
310 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
311 unsigned int drap_reg;
312 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int vdrap_reg;
314 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
315 unsigned nothrow : 1;
316 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
317 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
318 unsigned stack_realign : 1;
319 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
320 unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1;
321 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
322 unsigned in_std_section : 1;
323 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
324 cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned cold_in_std_section : 1;
326 /* True iff switched sections. */
327 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections : 1;
328 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
329 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot : 1;
333 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
334 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
336 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
337 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
338 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
339 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
341 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
342 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
345 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
346 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
347 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
350 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
351 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
354 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
356 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
357 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
360 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
361 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
362 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
365 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
366 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
368 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
369 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
372 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
373 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
374 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
376 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
377 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
378 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
379 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
381 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
385 /* CIE identifier. */
386 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
387 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
388 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
393 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
394 information for each routine. */
395 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
397 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
398 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
400 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
403 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
405 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
407 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
409 static inline dw_fde_ref
412 return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL;
415 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
416 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
418 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
419 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
420 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
421 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
422 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
423 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
426 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node {
428 unsigned int refcount;
429 enum dwarf_form form;
433 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
435 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
437 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false;
439 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
440 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
442 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
443 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
445 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
447 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
448 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
450 /* The default cold text section. */
451 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
453 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
455 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
457 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
458 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
459 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
460 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
461 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
462 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *);
463 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
464 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
465 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
466 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
468 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
470 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
471 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref);
472 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
473 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
474 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
475 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx);
476 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
478 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
479 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
480 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref);
481 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
482 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
483 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
484 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
485 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc
486 (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT);
487 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
489 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
490 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
491 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
494 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
495 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
496 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
498 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
499 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
502 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
503 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
506 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
507 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
510 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
511 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
513 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
514 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
515 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
516 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
517 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
518 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
519 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
520 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
521 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
522 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
524 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
525 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
527 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
529 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
531 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
535 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
536 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
537 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
538 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
541 /* Hook used by __throw. */
544 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
546 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
547 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
550 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
551 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
554 stripattributes (const char *s)
556 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
561 while (*s && *s != ',')
568 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
569 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
572 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
575 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
576 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
579 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
581 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
582 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
584 HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
585 gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off);
589 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
590 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
593 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off)
595 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0;
598 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
601 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
604 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
605 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
606 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
607 bool wrote_return_column = false;
609 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
611 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
613 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
615 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
616 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
619 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
620 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
621 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
623 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
625 wrote_return_column = true;
627 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
631 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
632 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
636 if (!wrote_return_column)
637 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
639 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
640 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
643 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
646 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
649 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
653 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
654 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
656 return "DW_CFA_offset";
658 return "DW_CFA_restore";
662 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
663 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
664 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
666 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
667 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
668 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
669 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
670 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
671 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
672 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
673 case DW_CFA_undefined:
674 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
675 case DW_CFA_same_value:
676 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
677 case DW_CFA_register:
678 return "DW_CFA_register";
679 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
680 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
681 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
682 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
684 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
686 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
688 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
691 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
692 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
693 case DW_CFA_expression:
694 return "DW_CFA_expression";
695 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
696 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
697 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
698 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
699 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
700 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
702 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
703 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
704 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
707 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
708 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
709 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
710 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
711 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
712 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
715 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
719 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
721 static inline dw_cfi_ref
724 dw_cfi_ref cfi = GGC_NEW (dw_cfi_node);
726 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
727 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
728 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
733 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
736 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
739 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
741 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
742 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
743 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
744 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
745 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
746 if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
747 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
751 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
760 /* Find the end of the chain. */
761 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
767 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
768 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
771 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force)
773 static char label[20];
775 if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
777 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
778 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
780 strcpy (label, "<do not output>");
784 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
785 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
791 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
792 static bool emit_cfa_remember;
794 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
795 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
798 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
800 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
802 if (emit_cfa_remember)
804 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember;
806 /* Emit the state save. */
807 emit_cfa_remember = false;
808 cfi_remember = new_cfi ();
809 cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state;
810 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember);
813 list_head = &cie_cfi_head;
815 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
819 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
821 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
823 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
824 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
825 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
826 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
827 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
828 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
829 if (dwarf_version == 2
830 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
831 && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
832 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG))
834 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
836 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
837 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
838 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
840 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
841 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
842 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
843 if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0)
844 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
846 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
847 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
851 label = xstrdup (label);
853 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
855 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
856 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
857 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
858 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
859 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc;
860 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
861 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
862 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
870 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
872 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
874 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
875 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
876 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
877 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
878 sure how to address this for now. */
882 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
884 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
887 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
889 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
890 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
894 label = xstrdup (label);
896 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
898 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
899 set the location directly using set_loc. */
900 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
901 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
903 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
904 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
906 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
909 list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi;
912 add_cfi (list_head, cfi);
915 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
918 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember)
920 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
922 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
924 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
927 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
930 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
931 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
932 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
935 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
938 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
939 gcc_assert (!remember->in_use);
941 remember->in_use = 1;
943 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
944 gcc_assert (remember->in_use);
946 remember->in_use = 0;
954 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
957 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
961 dw_cfa_location remember;
963 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
964 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
967 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
968 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
970 fde = current_fde ();
972 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
973 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember);
976 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
977 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
979 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
981 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
983 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
984 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember;
986 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
987 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
989 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
990 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
992 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
993 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
994 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
997 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1001 loc.base_offset = 0;
1003 loc.offset = offset;
1004 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
1007 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1010 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
1012 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
1013 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
1014 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
1015 && (loc1->indirect == 0
1016 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
1019 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1020 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1023 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
1026 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
1031 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
1032 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
1034 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
1035 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
1037 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1038 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
1043 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
1045 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1046 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1047 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1048 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1050 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
1052 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
1053 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1056 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1057 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
1058 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
1061 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1062 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1063 offset has not changed. */
1064 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
1065 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1069 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
1071 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1072 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1073 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1074 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1077 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
1079 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
1080 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
1081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
1085 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1086 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1087 register-offset pair is available. */
1088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
1090 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
1091 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
1092 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
1095 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1098 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1099 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1100 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1101 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1104 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1106 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1107 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
1109 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1111 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1114 && fde->stack_realign
1115 && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1117 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression;
1118 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
1119 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc
1120 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment);
1122 else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
1124 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset))
1125 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
1126 else if (reg & ~0x3f)
1127 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
1129 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
1130 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
1132 else if (sreg == reg)
1133 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
1136 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
1137 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
1140 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1143 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1144 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1145 from the previous frame's window save area.
1147 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1148 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1151 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
1153 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1155 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
1156 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1159 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1160 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1163 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1165 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1168 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1169 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1172 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1177 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1178 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1181 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
1183 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
1186 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1187 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1188 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1191 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
1193 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1196 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1199 /* RA is in a register. */
1200 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
1204 /* RA is on the stack. */
1205 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
1206 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
1209 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1214 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1215 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1219 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1220 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1230 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1231 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1232 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1233 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
1234 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1241 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1242 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1246 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1249 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1250 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1251 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset)
1253 const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1254 const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1255 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1258 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1260 code = GET_CODE (src);
1262 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1264 if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx)
1266 offset = -cur_args_size;
1267 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1270 return offset - cur_offset;
1273 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1274 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1275 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
1278 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1279 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1285 if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest))
1289 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1290 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1291 code = GET_CODE (src);
1297 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1299 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1300 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1301 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1302 && CONST_INT_P (val));
1303 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1310 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1312 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1319 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1321 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1336 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1337 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1339 static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size;
1341 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1343 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1344 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size,
1345 VEC (rtx, heap) **next)
1347 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1350 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1352 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1354 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1355 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0);
1356 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1357 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1359 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1361 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1362 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1363 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1364 cur_args_size, offset);
1369 rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1373 expr = XEXP (expr, 0);
1374 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1375 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1376 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++)
1378 rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i);
1380 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
1381 offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset);
1386 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1390 cur_args_size += offset;
1391 if (cur_args_size < 0)
1396 rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
1400 if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0)
1402 barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size;
1403 VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest);
1408 return cur_args_size;
1411 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1414 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1416 int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i;
1418 VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp;
1420 barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid);
1421 for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++)
1422 barrier_args_size[i] = -1;
1424 worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1425 next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20);
1426 insn = get_insns ();
1427 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0;
1428 VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn);
1431 while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist))
1433 rtx prev, body, first_insn;
1434 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size;
1436 first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist);
1437 cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1438 prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn);
1439 if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev))
1440 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size;
1442 for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1444 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn))
1446 if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1451 if (insn == first_insn)
1453 else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0)
1455 barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size;
1460 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1461 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1466 body = PATTERN (insn);
1467 if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE)
1469 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size;
1470 for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
1471 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))
1472 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)))
1474 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1475 dest_args_size, &next);
1478 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i),
1479 cur_args_size, &next);
1481 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)))
1482 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1483 dest_args_size, &next);
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0),
1487 cur_args_size, &next);
1491 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next);
1495 if (VEC_empty (rtx, next))
1498 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1502 VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0);
1505 VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist);
1506 VEC_free (rtx, heap, next);
1509 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1510 pushed onto the stack. */
1513 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
1517 if (size == old_args_size)
1520 old_args_size = size;
1523 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
1524 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
1525 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1528 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1531 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label)
1533 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1534 cfa.offset += offset;
1536 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1537 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1542 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1546 args_size += offset;
1550 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1551 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1552 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1555 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1556 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1557 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1560 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1562 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1566 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1567 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1568 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1569 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1570 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn))
1573 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1574 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1575 shouldn't change at all. */
1577 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0))
1578 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn))
1581 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1582 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1583 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1585 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1587 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1588 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1589 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1590 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1591 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1592 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1593 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1594 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1599 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1601 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1602 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1605 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1607 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1608 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1609 if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn))
1610 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1611 if (barrier_args_size == NULL)
1615 offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)];
1620 offset -= args_size;
1621 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1625 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1626 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0);
1627 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1628 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1630 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1632 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1633 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1634 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
1643 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1644 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
1649 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1650 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1651 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1653 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save {
1654 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1660 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1662 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1663 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data {
1668 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1669 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1670 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1671 more efficient data structure. */
1672 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1673 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1675 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1676 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1678 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1679 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1682 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1684 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1686 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1687 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1689 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1690 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1695 q = GGC_NEW (struct queued_reg_save);
1696 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1697 queued_reg_saves = q;
1701 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1702 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1704 last_reg_save_label = label;
1707 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1710 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1712 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1714 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1717 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1719 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1720 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1722 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1724 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1725 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1727 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1729 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1730 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1733 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1735 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1737 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1738 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1741 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1742 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1745 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1746 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1747 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1748 have a new location for? */
1751 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn)
1753 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1755 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1758 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1760 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1761 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1762 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1769 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1772 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1775 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1777 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1778 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1780 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1782 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1783 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1785 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1786 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1788 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1789 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1790 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1793 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1796 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1798 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1800 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1802 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1803 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1806 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1807 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1808 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1809 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1815 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1816 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1817 value, not an offset. */
1818 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1820 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1823 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1825 memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa));
1827 switch (GET_CODE (pat))
1830 cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0));
1831 cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1));
1835 cfa.reg = REGNO (pat);
1839 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1843 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1846 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label)
1853 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
1854 dest = XEXP (pat, 0);
1855 src = XEXP (pat, 1);
1857 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1860 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1861 cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1871 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1872 gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1877 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1880 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label)
1882 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1883 rtx src, addr, span;
1885 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1886 addr = XEXP (set, 0);
1887 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr));
1888 addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
1890 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1891 switch (GET_CODE (addr))
1894 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg);
1895 offset = -cfa.offset;
1898 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg);
1899 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset;
1905 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
1907 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1908 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1910 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
1913 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1914 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1917 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
1919 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
1921 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
1922 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1924 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
1926 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)),
1927 INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset);
1928 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
1933 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1936 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label)
1939 unsigned sregno, dregno;
1941 src = XEXP (set, 1);
1942 dest = XEXP (set, 0);
1945 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
1947 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src));
1949 dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest));
1951 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1952 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1953 reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0);
1956 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1959 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label)
1961 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
1962 unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1964 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore);
1965 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno;
1967 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
1970 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1971 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1972 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1973 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1975 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1976 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1977 users need not read the source code.
1979 The High-Level Picture
1981 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1982 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1983 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1984 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1985 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1987 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1988 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1989 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1990 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1991 saves. This also seems to work.
1993 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1994 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1995 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1996 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1997 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1998 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1999 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2000 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2001 value as in the caller.
2003 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2004 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2005 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2006 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2008 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2011 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2013 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2014 consists of a register and an offset.
2015 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2016 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2017 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2018 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2019 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2020 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2021 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2023 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2024 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2025 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2028 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2029 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2030 and cfa_temp.offset.
2032 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2035 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2036 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2037 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2039 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2040 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2041 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2042 register instead of CFA+offset.
2046 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2047 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2050 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2051 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2052 cfa.offset unchanged
2053 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2054 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2057 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2058 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2059 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2060 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2061 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2062 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2065 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2066 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2067 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2070 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2071 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2073 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2074 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2075 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2078 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2079 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2081 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2082 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2085 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2086 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2090 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2091 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2092 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2095 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2099 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2100 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2101 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2104 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2105 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2106 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2108 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2111 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2112 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2113 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2115 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2118 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2121 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2122 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2125 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2126 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2127 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2130 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2131 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2132 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2133 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2136 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2137 effects: target-dependent
2140 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2141 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2142 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2143 cfa_store.offset = 0
2144 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2147 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2148 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2151 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2152 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2153 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2154 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2157 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2158 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2160 && cfa.indirect == 0
2161 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2162 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2163 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg
2166 (set reg fde->drap_reg)
2167 constraints: fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM
2168 effects: fde->vdrap_reg = reg.
2169 (set mem fde->drap_reg)
2170 constraints: fde->drap_reg_saved == 1
2174 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
2176 rtx src, dest, span;
2177 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
2180 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2181 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2182 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2183 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2184 flag is set in them. */
2185 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2188 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
2191 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2192 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2193 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2194 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2195 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2196 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
2197 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2199 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2200 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2201 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
2202 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2203 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2206 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2208 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
2209 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2210 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
2211 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
2212 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
2213 else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
2215 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem))
2217 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2218 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2219 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0);
2222 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label);
2228 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
2230 src = SET_SRC (expr);
2231 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
2235 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
2240 fde = current_fde ();
2244 && fde->drap_reg == REGNO (src)
2245 && (fde->drap_reg_saved
2249 /* If we are saving dynamic realign argument pointer to a
2250 register, the destination is virtual dynamic realign
2251 argument pointer. It may be used to access argument. */
2254 gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM);
2255 fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (dest);
2260 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
2263 switch (GET_CODE (src))
2265 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2267 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
2270 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2271 relative to the current CFA register.
2273 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2274 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2275 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2276 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2277 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2278 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2279 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2283 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2284 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
2285 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2286 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
2287 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
2289 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2290 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2291 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2292 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2294 && fde->stack_realign
2295 && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2296 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2297 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
2298 && cfa.reg != REGNO (src));
2300 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
2307 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
2311 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
2314 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2317 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
2319 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
2325 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2327 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2328 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2329 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2331 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
2332 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2335 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
2337 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2339 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2340 cfa.offset += offset;
2341 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2342 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2344 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2347 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2348 or adjusting the FP */
2349 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
2351 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2352 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2353 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2354 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2355 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
2357 cfa.offset += offset;
2358 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2362 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
2365 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2366 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
2367 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2369 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2370 into the FP later on. */
2371 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2372 cfa.offset += offset;
2373 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
2374 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2375 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
2376 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
2380 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2381 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2382 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2384 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2385 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2386 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2387 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
2388 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
2392 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
2393 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)))
2395 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2396 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2405 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2406 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
2411 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
2412 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
2413 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1)));
2415 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
2416 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
2417 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2420 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2421 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2428 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
2429 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
2430 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
2435 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2436 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2438 if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
2440 gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)));
2441 fde->stack_realign = 1;
2442 fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
2443 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2445 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2446 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2447 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg;
2455 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2460 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2462 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
2467 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2468 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
2470 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
2472 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2473 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2475 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2476 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2477 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2479 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2485 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2486 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
2489 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))
2490 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2491 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
2493 cfa_store.offset += offset;
2495 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2496 reference to represent the address of the stored
2499 && fde->stack_realign
2500 && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
2502 gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
2503 cfa_store.offset = 0;
2506 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
2507 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
2509 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2513 /* With an offset. */
2520 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1))
2521 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2522 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
2523 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
2526 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
2528 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2529 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
2532 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2533 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
2539 /* Without an offset. */
2542 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
2544 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
2545 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
2548 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
2549 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2556 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
2557 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
2558 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
2559 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
2567 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2568 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2569 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2573 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2574 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2575 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
2577 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2579 if (cfa.offset == 0)
2582 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2583 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2584 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2585 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2588 && fde->stack_realign
2589 && cfa.indirect == 0
2590 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
2592 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp;
2594 gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg);
2596 cfa_exp.indirect = 1;
2597 cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
2598 cfa_exp.base_offset = offset;
2601 fde->drap_reg_saved = 1;
2603 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp);
2607 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2608 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2610 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2611 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
2616 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2617 calculate the CFA. */
2618 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
2622 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
2624 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
2625 cfa.base_offset = offset;
2627 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2632 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
2634 span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src);
2637 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
2640 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2641 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2645 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset;
2647 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL);
2649 limit = XVECLEN (span, 0);
2650 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
2652 rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index);
2654 queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset);
2655 span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem));
2666 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2667 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2668 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2670 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2671 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2674 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
2678 bool handled_one = false;
2680 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
2684 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2685 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2687 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2690 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
2692 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
2695 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
2697 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
2699 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
2700 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
2702 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
2704 if (barrier_args_size)
2706 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size);
2707 barrier_args_size = NULL;
2712 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
2713 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2715 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
2717 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2718 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2719 is still used to save registers. */
2720 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
2721 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
2725 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2727 for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
2728 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note))
2730 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR:
2731 insn = XEXP (note, 0);
2734 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA:
2735 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label);
2739 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA:
2744 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2745 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2747 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label);
2751 case REG_CFA_OFFSET:
2754 n = single_set (insn);
2755 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label);
2759 case REG_CFA_REGISTER:
2764 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2765 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2767 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label);
2771 case REG_CFA_RESTORE:
2776 if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL)
2777 n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0);
2780 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label);
2790 insn = PATTERN (insn);
2792 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
2795 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2796 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2797 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2798 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2801 dwarf2out_begin_epilogue (rtx insn)
2803 bool saw_frp = false;
2806 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2807 frame related insns. */
2808 for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i))
2813 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2814 if (returnjump_p (i))
2816 if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i))
2819 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE)
2822 rtx seq = PATTERN (i);
2824 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2826 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))
2827 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)))
2830 for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++)
2831 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx)))
2835 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i))
2839 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2840 save/restore pair. */
2844 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2845 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2846 gcc_assert (i != NULL);
2847 i = next_real_insn (i);
2851 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2852 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2853 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2854 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2857 rtx p = PREV_INSN (i);
2860 if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK)
2864 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i);
2866 emit_cfa_remember = true;
2868 /* And emulate the state save. */
2869 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use);
2871 cfa_remember.in_use = 1;
2874 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore required. */
2877 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2879 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
2880 const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2882 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state;
2883 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
2885 gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use);
2887 cfa_remember.in_use = 0;
2892 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2893 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2894 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2896 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2897 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2902 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2903 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
2904 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
2905 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2907 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2908 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2909 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2910 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2911 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2912 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
2915 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2916 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2917 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2918 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2919 case DW_CFA_restore:
2920 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2921 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2922 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2923 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2924 case DW_CFA_register:
2925 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2927 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2928 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2929 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2930 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2932 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2933 case DW_CFA_expression:
2934 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
2941 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2942 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2943 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
2945 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2946 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
2950 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2951 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2953 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2954 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2955 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2957 case DW_CFA_register:
2958 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2961 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2965 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2967 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2968 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2969 for collect2 the first time around. */
2972 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back)
2976 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2977 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2981 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2987 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2989 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2991 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2993 flags = ((! flag_pic
2994 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2995 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2996 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2997 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2998 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2999 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
3000 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
3003 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
3004 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
3008 if (eh_frame_section)
3009 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
3012 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3013 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3014 switch_to_section (data_section);
3018 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
3019 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3020 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
3021 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3022 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
3027 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3031 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back)
3034 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back);
3037 if (!debug_frame_section)
3038 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
3039 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
3040 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
3044 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3047 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
3052 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
3053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
3054 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
3055 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
3056 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
3057 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset));
3058 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
3060 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3062 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
3063 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3066 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
3068 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
3070 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
3074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
3075 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
3077 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3079 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3081 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3082 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3083 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
3086 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3087 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
3088 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3091 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3092 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3093 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3094 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3097 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3098 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3099 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3100 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3103 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3104 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3105 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3106 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3109 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3110 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
3111 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
3112 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
3115 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3116 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3118 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL);
3122 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3123 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3125 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3128 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3129 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3131 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3132 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3135 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3136 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3137 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3138 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3139 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3142 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3143 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3144 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3145 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3146 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3147 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3150 case DW_CFA_register:
3151 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3152 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3153 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
3154 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
3157 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3158 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3159 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
3162 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3163 off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL);
3167 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3170 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3171 case DW_CFA_expression:
3172 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
3175 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3176 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3185 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3188 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3190 unsigned long r, r2;
3192 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
3194 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3195 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3196 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3197 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3198 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3199 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3200 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3201 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3202 going to take care of this for us. */
3206 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3207 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3208 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3209 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3210 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3213 case DW_CFA_restore:
3214 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3215 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3216 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r);
3219 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3220 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3221 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r);
3224 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3225 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3226 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r);
3229 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3230 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3231 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3232 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3233 r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset);
3236 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3237 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3238 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r);
3241 case DW_CFA_register:
3242 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3243 r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1);
3244 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2);
3247 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3248 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3249 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3250 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n",
3251 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3254 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3255 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3257 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
3258 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3261 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3262 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size);
3263 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3265 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC,
3266 ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
3267 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3270 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3271 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3274 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3275 case DW_CFA_expression:
3276 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape 0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc);
3277 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi);
3278 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3286 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref);
3287 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap);
3289 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3290 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3291 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3292 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3295 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh)
3297 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf;
3299 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3300 VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32);
3301 unsigned int len, idx;
3303 for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3304 switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop)
3306 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
3307 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
3308 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
3309 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
3310 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
3311 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
3312 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3314 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
3316 dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size;
3318 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3319 .cfi_restore_state. */
3320 for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next)
3321 if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state)
3323 else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size)
3326 gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state);
3333 cfi_args_size = args_size;
3337 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
3338 cfi_args_size = cfi;
3340 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
3343 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
3344 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
3345 case DW_CFA_restore:
3346 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
3347 case DW_CFA_undefined:
3348 case DW_CFA_same_value:
3349 case DW_CFA_register:
3350 case DW_CFA_val_offset:
3351 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf:
3352 case DW_CFA_expression:
3353 case DW_CFA_val_expression:
3354 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
3355 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num)
3356 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs,
3357 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1);
3358 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi);
3360 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3361 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3362 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
3364 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3366 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
3369 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3370 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3371 cfi_cfa_offset = cfi;
3374 gcc_assert (cfi == NULL);
3376 len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs);
3377 for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++)
3379 cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL);
3381 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore
3382 && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended)
3385 output_cfi_directive (cfi2);
3387 output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh);
3390 if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa)
3392 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression);
3394 switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc)
3396 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
3397 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
3398 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3400 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
3401 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
3402 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1;
3404 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
3405 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
3406 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc;
3407 cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2;
3414 else if (cfi_cfa_offset)
3415 cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset;
3419 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa);
3421 output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh);
3424 cfi_cfa_offset = NULL;
3426 && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)
3429 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size);
3431 output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh);
3433 cfi_args_size = NULL;
3436 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs);
3439 else if (do_cfi_asm)
3440 output_cfi_directive (cfi);
3442 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3449 /* Output one FDE. */
3452 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second,
3453 char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation,
3454 bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding)
3456 const char *begin, *end;
3457 static unsigned int j;
3458 char l1[20], l2[20];
3461 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh,
3463 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL,
3465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3466 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j);
3467 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3468 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3469 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3470 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3472 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3475 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
3477 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
3478 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
3480 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3482 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3483 end = fde->dw_fde_end;
3487 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3488 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3489 might be separated from the real start of the
3490 function by alignment padding. */
3492 begin = fde->dw_fde_begin;
3493 else if (fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3494 begin = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label;
3496 begin = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
3497 if (second ^ fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot)
3498 end = fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
3500 end = fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
3505 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin);
3506 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3507 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false,
3508 "FDE initial location");
3509 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
3510 end, begin, "FDE address range");
3514 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location");
3515 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range");
3518 if (augmentation[0])
3520 if (any_lsda_needed)
3522 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
3524 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3526 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3527 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3528 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
3529 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3530 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3533 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
3536 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
3538 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3540 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3541 fde->funcdef_number);
3542 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding,
3543 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
3545 "Language Specific Data Area");
3549 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3550 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
3551 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
3552 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3556 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3559 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3561 fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin;
3562 if (!fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
3563 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3564 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3567 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3568 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3570 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3571 if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3577 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
3579 if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi)
3581 cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next;
3582 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
3583 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh);
3584 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next;
3586 for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3587 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
3590 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3591 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3592 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3593 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3594 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3596 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3597 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3598 switch *back* into the table section. */
3599 switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl));
3600 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label);
3601 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true);
3604 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3605 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3606 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
3607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3612 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3613 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3614 location of saved registers. */
3617 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
3622 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
3623 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
3624 char augmentation[6];
3625 int augmentation_size;
3626 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3627 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3628 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
3630 rtx personality = NULL;
3633 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3634 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
3637 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3638 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3641 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
3642 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
3643 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
3644 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
3645 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
3646 specialization doesn't. */
3647 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
3648 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
3651 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3652 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3653 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
3654 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3655 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
3656 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
3658 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
3659 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
3660 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
3661 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
3664 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
3666 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3667 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
3668 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
3669 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3670 any_eh_needed = true;
3671 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
3672 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3673 any_eh_needed = true;
3675 if (! any_eh_needed)
3679 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3683 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3684 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false);
3686 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
3687 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
3689 /* Output the CIE. */
3690 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
3691 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
3692 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
3693 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3694 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3695 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
3696 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3697 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
3699 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3700 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3701 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
3702 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
3703 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3705 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3706 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3707 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3708 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
3710 if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2)
3712 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version");
3714 augmentation[0] = 0;
3715 augmentation_size = 0;
3717 personality = current_unit_personality;
3723 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3724 augmentation section.
3725 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3726 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3727 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3729 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3730 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3732 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3733 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3734 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3736 p = augmentation + 1;
3740 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
3741 assemble_external_libcall (personality);
3743 if (any_lsda_needed)
3746 augmentation_size += 1;
3748 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3751 augmentation_size += 1;
3753 if (p > augmentation + 1)
3755 augmentation[0] = 'z';
3759 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3760 if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
3762 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
3764 + 1 /* CIE version */
3765 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3766 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3767 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
3769 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3770 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3771 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
3773 augmentation_size += pad;
3775 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3776 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3777 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
3781 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3783 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
3784 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3786 if (dw_cie_version == 1)
3787 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
3791 if (augmentation[0])
3793 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
3796 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
3797 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
3798 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
3803 if (any_lsda_needed)
3804 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3805 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
3807 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
3808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3809 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
3812 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
3813 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
3815 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3816 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
3817 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
3818 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
3820 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3821 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
3824 fde = &fde_table[i];
3826 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3827 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
3828 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
3829 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
3830 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
3833 for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections ? 2 : 1); k++)
3834 output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding,
3835 augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding);
3838 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
3839 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3840 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3841 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3842 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3843 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
3846 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3851 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3854 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second)
3858 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
3860 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3864 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3867 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3868 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3869 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3870 of the weirder relocation types. */
3871 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3872 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3874 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality 0x%x,", enc);
3875 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3876 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3879 if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda)
3883 enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3884 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3885 current_function_funcdef_no);
3886 ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab);
3887 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
3889 if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect)
3890 ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true);
3892 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda 0x%x,", enc);
3893 output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref);
3894 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3898 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3902 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3903 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3905 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3910 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
3912 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3913 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3914 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3916 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
3917 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3920 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3924 fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl);
3925 switch_to_section (fnsec);
3926 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3927 current_function_funcdef_no);
3928 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
3929 current_function_funcdef_no);
3930 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
3931 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
3933 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3934 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3935 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3939 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3940 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
3942 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
3943 fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated);
3944 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
3945 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
3948 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3949 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
3951 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3952 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
3953 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
3954 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
3955 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
3956 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
3957 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
3958 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
3959 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
3960 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 0;
3961 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = 0;
3962 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
3963 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
3964 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL;
3965 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
3966 fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow;
3967 fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda;
3968 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
3969 fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3970 fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
3971 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
3973 section *unlikelysec;
3974 if (first_function_block_is_cold)
3975 fde->in_std_section = 1;
3978 = (fnsec == text_section
3979 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3980 unlikelysec = unlikely_text_section ();
3981 fde->cold_in_std_section
3982 = (unlikelysec == text_section
3983 || (cold_text_section && unlikelysec == cold_text_section));
3988 = (fnsec == text_section
3989 || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section));
3990 fde->cold_in_std_section = 0;
3993 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
3995 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
3996 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
3997 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3999 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true);
4002 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4003 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4006 rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl);
4007 if (!current_unit_personality)
4008 current_unit_personality = personality;
4010 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4011 asm at the point where we emit the CFI data there is no current
4012 function anymore. */
4014 && current_unit_personality != personality)
4015 sorry ("Multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4016 "supporting .cfi.personality directive.");
4020 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4021 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4025 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4026 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4029 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4031 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4032 last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX;
4035 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4036 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4038 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4040 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
4041 current_function_funcdef_no);
4042 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
4043 fde = current_fde ();
4044 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
4045 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
4049 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4051 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4052 fde_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_fde_node, FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
4053 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4054 fde_table_in_use = 0;
4056 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4057 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4059 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4060 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
4062 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4063 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4064 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
4069 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4071 /* Output call frame information. */
4072 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
4073 output_call_frame_info (0);
4075 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4076 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4077 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
4078 output_call_frame_info (1);
4082 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4085 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4087 section *sec = current_function_section ();
4088 if (sec == text_section)
4089 text_section_used = true;
4090 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
4091 cold_text_section_used = true;
4095 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4097 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
4099 gcc_assert (cfun && fde && !fde->dw_fde_switched_sections);
4101 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = 1;
4102 fde->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot = !in_cold_section_p;
4104 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label;
4105 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label;
4106 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
4107 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label;
4108 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
4110 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4111 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4112 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
4114 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4115 if (cold_text_section != NULL)
4116 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4118 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4119 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4121 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4122 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4124 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4126 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4127 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4129 output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true);
4133 dw_cfi_ref cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4135 cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi;
4137 while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL)
4138 cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next;
4139 fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi;
4144 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4145 for emitting location expressions. */
4147 /* Data about a single source file. */
4148 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data {
4149 const char * filename;
4153 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
4154 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
4155 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
4156 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
4157 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
4159 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4163 } deferred_locations;
4165 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations);
4166 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc);
4168 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list;
4170 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref);
4171 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap);
4173 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4174 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4175 implementation are listed below. */
4180 dw_val_class_offset,
4182 dw_val_class_loc_list,
4183 dw_val_class_range_list,
4185 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
4186 dw_val_class_const_double,
4189 dw_val_class_die_ref,
4190 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
4191 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
4192 dw_val_class_lineptr,
4194 dw_val_class_macptr,
4199 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4201 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct {
4202 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
4208 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4209 represented internally. */
4211 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct {
4212 enum dw_val_class val_class;
4213 union dw_val_struct_union
4215 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
4216 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
4217 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
4218 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
4219 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
4220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
4221 double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double;
4222 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
4223 struct dw_val_die_union
4227 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
4228 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
4229 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
4230 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
4231 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
4232 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
4233 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8];
4235 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
4239 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4242 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct {
4243 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
4244 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8;
4245 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4246 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4247 unsigned int dtprel : 1;
4249 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
4250 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
4254 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4255 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4256 their entire life. */
4257 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct {
4258 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
4259 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
4260 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
4261 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4262 Only on head of list */
4263 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4264 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
4267 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4269 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4271 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4274 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
4279 return "DW_OP_addr";
4281 return "DW_OP_deref";
4283 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4285 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4287 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4289 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4291 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4293 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4295 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4297 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4299 return "DW_OP_constu";
4301 return "DW_OP_consts";
4305 return "DW_OP_drop";
4307 return "DW_OP_over";
4309 return "DW_OP_pick";
4311 return "DW_OP_swap";
4315 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4323 return "DW_OP_minus";
4335 return "DW_OP_plus";
4336 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4337 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4343 return "DW_OP_shra";
4361 return "DW_OP_skip";
4363 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4365 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4367 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4369 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4371 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4373 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4375 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4377 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4379 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4381 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4383 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4385 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4387 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4389 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4391 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4393 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4395 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4397 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4399 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4401 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4403 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4405 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4407 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4409 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4411 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4413 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4415 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4417 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4419 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4421 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4423 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4425 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4427 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4429 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4431 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4433 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4435 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4437 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4439 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4441 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4443 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4445 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4447 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4449 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4451 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4453 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4455 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4457 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4459 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4461 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4463 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4465 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4467 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4469 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4471 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4473 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4475 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4477 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4479 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4481 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4483 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4485 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4487 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4489 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4491 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4493 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4495 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4497 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4499 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4501 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4503 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4505 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4507 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4509 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4511 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4513 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4515 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4517 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4519 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4521 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4523 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4525 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4527 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4529 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4531 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4533 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4535 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4537 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4539 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4541 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4543 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4545 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4547 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4549 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4551 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4553 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4555 return "DW_OP_regx";
4557 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4559 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4561 return "DW_OP_piece";
4562 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4563 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4564 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4565 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4569 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
4570 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4572 return "DW_OP_call2";
4574 return "DW_OP_call4";
4575 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4576 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4577 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4578 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4579 case DW_OP_stack_value:
4580 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4581 case DW_OP_form_tls_address:
4582 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4583 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa:
4584 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4585 case DW_OP_bit_piece:
4586 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4588 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
4589 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4590 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
4591 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4592 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr:
4593 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4596 return "OP_<unknown>";
4600 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4601 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4602 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4604 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4605 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
4606 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
4608 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
4610 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
4611 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4612 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
4613 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4614 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
4619 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4622 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4623 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4626 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg),
4629 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
4632 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4635 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
4637 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
4639 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4640 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
4646 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4649 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4651 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4654 gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL);
4659 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4660 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
4664 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg
4665 || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31))
4666 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
4667 else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx)
4668 p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
4670 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4671 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4673 && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)
4674 || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset)))
4677 else if (offset > 0)
4678 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
4682 loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (offset);
4683 add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
4687 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4688 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4691 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4694 for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next)
4695 loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset);
4699 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4701 static unsigned long
4702 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4704 unsigned long size = 1;
4706 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4709 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4728 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4731 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4736 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4737 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4775 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4778 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4781 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
4784 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4785 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
4788 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
4790 case DW_OP_deref_size:
4791 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
4800 case DW_OP_call_ref:
4801 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
4803 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4804 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned)
4805 + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
4814 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4816 static unsigned long
4817 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4822 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4823 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4824 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4826 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
4828 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4833 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
4835 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
4836 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
4842 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4843 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4846 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4849 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4851 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
4852 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
4854 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
4856 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4859 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4863 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4867 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
4868 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4875 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
4876 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
4878 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
4881 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4883 switch (val2->val_class)
4885 case dw_val_class_const:
4886 dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL);
4888 case dw_val_class_vec:
4890 unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size;
4891 unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length;
4895 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
4900 for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array;
4903 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
4904 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
4907 case dw_val_class_const_double:
4909 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
4911 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
4913 first = val2->v.val_double.high;
4914 second = val2->v.val_double.low;
4918 first = val2->v.val_double.low;
4919 second = val2->v.val_double.high;
4921 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4923 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
4927 case dw_val_class_addr:
4928 gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
4929 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL);
4944 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
4945 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
4946 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
4947 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
4948 only doing unwinding. */
4953 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4956 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4959 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4962 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
4964 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
4965 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
4999 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5005 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5008 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5009 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
5012 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
5014 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5015 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5016 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
5022 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
5024 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
5027 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
5034 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5035 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
5043 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5048 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5051 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5053 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5055 /* Output the opcode. */
5056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
5057 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
5059 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5060 output_loc_operands (loc);
5064 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5065 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5068 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5070 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
5071 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
5073 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
5076 case DW_OP_implicit_value:
5077 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5083 case DW_OP_deref_size:
5084 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
5085 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5086 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int);
5091 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5092 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int);
5097 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5098 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int);
5103 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64);
5104 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5105 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int);
5113 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
5114 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
5116 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5117 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset);
5122 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5125 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5126 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5163 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int);
5168 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5169 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned);
5170 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5171 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int);
5175 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5181 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5185 /* Output the opcode. */
5186 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x", loc->dw_loc_opc);
5187 output_loc_operands_raw (loc);
5189 if (!loc->dw_loc_next)
5191 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
5193 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5197 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5198 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5201 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5203 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5206 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5207 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
5209 /* Output the size of the block. */
5210 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5211 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5212 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
5214 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5215 output_loc_sequence (loc);
5218 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5221 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
5223 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5226 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression)
5227 fprintf (asm_out_file, "0x%x,", cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num);
5229 /* Output the size of the block. */
5230 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
5231 size = size_of_locs (loc);
5232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size);
5233 fputc (',', asm_out_file);
5235 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5236 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc);
5239 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5240 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5243 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5244 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5246 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
5248 offset += cfa->offset;
5252 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
5253 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
5254 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
5255 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5258 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
5259 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
5263 head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset);
5268 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5269 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5272 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
5273 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment)
5275 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head;
5276 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5277 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
5279 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5280 if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0)
5282 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0);
5283 add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment));
5284 add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
5285 loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset);
5288 head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset);
5292 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5293 descriptor sequence. */
5296 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
5298 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
5300 cfa->base_offset = 0;
5304 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
5306 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
5342 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
5345 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5379 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
5380 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5383 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
5384 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
5389 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
5390 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
5393 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5394 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
5398 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5400 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5401 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5403 /* .debug_str support. */
5404 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5406 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5407 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5408 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5409 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5410 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5411 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5412 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5413 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5414 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5415 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree);
5416 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
5417 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
5418 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool);
5419 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree,
5421 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
5422 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
5423 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree);
5424 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int);
5425 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx);
5426 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5427 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
5428 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree);
5430 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5432 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
5436 dwarf2out_assembly_start,
5439 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
5440 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
5441 dwarf2out_begin_block,
5442 dwarf2out_end_block,
5443 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
5444 dwarf2out_source_line,
5445 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
5446 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
5447 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
5448 dwarf2out_begin_function,
5449 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
5450 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
5451 dwarf2out_global_decl,
5452 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
5453 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
5454 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
5455 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5456 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5457 something tries to reference them. */
5458 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
5459 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
5460 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
5461 dwarf2out_var_location,
5462 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
5463 dwarf2out_direct_call,
5464 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token,
5465 dwarf2out_copy_call_info,
5466 dwarf2out_virtual_call,
5468 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5472 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5473 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5474 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5476 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5477 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5478 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5479 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5481 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5482 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5484 typedef long int dw_offset;
5486 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5488 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
5489 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
5490 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
5491 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
5492 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
5493 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
5494 typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref;
5496 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5497 line number associated with the label generated for that
5498 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5499 the line number entry. */
5501 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct {
5502 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5503 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5507 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5509 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct {
5510 unsigned long dw_file_num;
5511 unsigned long dw_line_num;
5512 unsigned long function;
5514 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
5516 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5517 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5518 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5520 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct {
5521 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
5522 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
5526 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
5527 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
5529 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5530 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5531 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5533 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct {
5534 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
5535 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5537 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol;
5538 comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node;
5540 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id;
5541 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
5542 dw_die_ref die_parent;
5543 dw_die_ref die_child;
5545 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5546 dw_offset die_offset;
5547 unsigned long die_abbrev;
5549 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5550 int die_perennial_p;
5551 unsigned int decl_id;
5555 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5556 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5557 c = die->die_child; \
5561 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5564 /* The pubname structure */
5566 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct {
5572 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
5573 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
5575 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct {
5576 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5577 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5581 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct {
5586 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5587 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5589 dw_die_ref root_die;
5590 dw_die_ref type_die;
5591 char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE];
5592 struct comdat_type_struct *next;
5596 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5597 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct {
5600 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
5604 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5608 struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent;
5610 skeleton_chain_node;
5612 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5613 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5614 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5617 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5618 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5620 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5621 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5622 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5623 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5624 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5625 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5627 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5628 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5629 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5630 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5631 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5632 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5633 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5634 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5635 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5636 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5638 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5639 language, and compiler version. */
5641 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5642 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5643 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5645 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5646 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5647 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5648 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5650 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5651 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5653 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5654 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5655 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5656 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5657 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5659 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5660 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5661 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5662 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5663 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5664 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5666 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5667 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5668 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5669 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5671 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5675 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5676 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5677 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5679 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5680 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5682 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5683 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5685 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5686 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5687 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5688 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5689 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5691 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5692 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5693 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5694 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
5697 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5698 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
5700 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5701 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list;
5703 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5704 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
5706 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5707 DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are
5709 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name;
5711 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5712 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
5714 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5715 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5716 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
5718 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5719 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5720 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table;
5722 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct {
5727 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry);
5728 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc);
5730 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5731 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node {
5732 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
5733 const char * GTY (()) label;
5734 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
5735 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
5738 /* Variable location list. */
5739 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def {
5740 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
5742 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
5743 it is marked through the chain. */
5744 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
5746 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5747 unsigned int decl_id;
5749 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
5752 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5753 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
5755 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5756 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5757 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5758 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5759 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
5761 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5762 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
5764 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5765 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5767 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5768 abbrev_die_table. */
5769 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5771 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5772 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5773 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5774 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
5776 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5777 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
5779 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5780 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
5782 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5783 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5784 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5785 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
5787 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5788 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
5790 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5791 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
5793 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5795 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5797 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5798 accessible names. */
5799 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
5801 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5802 accessible types. */
5803 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
5805 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5806 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
5808 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5809 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
5811 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5812 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
5814 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5816 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5818 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5819 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
5821 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5822 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
5824 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5825 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
5827 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5828 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5829 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
5831 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5832 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
5834 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5835 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
5837 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5839 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5841 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5842 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
5844 /* Unique label counter. */
5845 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
5847 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5848 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num;
5850 /* The direct call table structure. */
5852 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct {
5853 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5855 dw_die_ref targ_die;
5859 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry);
5860 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc);
5862 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5864 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct {
5865 unsigned int poc_label_num;
5866 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5870 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry);
5871 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc);
5873 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
5874 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL;
5875 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL;
5877 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
5879 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn {
5881 unsigned int vtable_slot;
5884 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table;
5886 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5887 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
5888 static int current_function_has_inlines;
5890 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
5891 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
5894 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
5895 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
5897 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
5898 static GTY(()) int label_num;
5900 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
5901 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
5903 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table;
5905 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5907 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
5908 within the current function. */
5909 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
5911 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
5913 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx);
5914 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
5915 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree);
5916 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
5917 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
5918 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
5919 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree);
5920 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
5921 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
5922 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
5923 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5924 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
5925 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
5926 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
5927 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5928 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
5929 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5930 HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5931 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
5932 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
5933 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *);
5934 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
5935 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
5936 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5937 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
5938 static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
5939 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
5940 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5941 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
5942 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
5943 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
5944 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
5945 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
5946 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
5947 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5949 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
5950 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
5951 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
5952 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5953 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5954 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
5955 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5956 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
5957 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
5959 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
5960 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5961 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
5962 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
5963 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5964 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5965 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5966 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5967 static bool is_c_family (void);
5968 static bool is_cxx (void);
5969 static bool is_java (void);
5970 static bool is_fortran (void);
5971 static bool is_ada (void);
5972 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
5973 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
5974 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5975 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
5976 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
5977 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5978 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
5979 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5980 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
5981 static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
5982 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5983 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
5984 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
5985 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree);
5986 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
5987 static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx);
5988 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
5989 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
5990 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
5991 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
5992 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
5993 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5994 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5995 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
5996 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5997 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *);
5998 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
5999 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref,
6000 struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6001 struct checksum_attributes;
6002 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref);
6003 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
6004 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
6005 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *);
6006 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
6007 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *);
6008 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
6009 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
6010 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6011 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
6012 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
6013 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
6014 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
6015 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
6016 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
6017 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref);
6018 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref);
6019 static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref);
6020 static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref);
6021 static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref);
6022 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6023 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *);
6024 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *);
6025 static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref);
6026 static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref,
6028 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref);
6029 static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6030 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t);
6031 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref);
6033 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6034 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6035 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6036 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
6037 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
6038 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
6039 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
6040 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
6041 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
6042 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
6043 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
6044 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6045 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6046 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
6047 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6048 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6049 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6050 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
6051 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6052 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
6053 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
6054 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6055 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
6056 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *);
6057 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
6058 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
6059 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref);
6060 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
6061 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
6062 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
6063 static void output_aranges (void);
6064 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6065 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree);
6066 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *,
6068 static void output_ranges (void);
6069 static void output_line_info (void);
6070 static void output_file_names (void);
6071 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
6072 static int is_base_type (tree);
6073 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6074 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6075 static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6076 static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6077 static int type_is_enum (const_tree);
6078 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx);
6079 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
6080 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
6081 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6082 enum var_init_status);
6083 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6084 enum var_init_status);
6085 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
6086 enum var_init_status);
6087 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx);
6088 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *);
6089 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6090 enum var_init_status);
6091 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
6092 enum var_init_status);
6093 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
6094 enum var_init_status);
6095 static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int);
6096 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
6097 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
6098 static tree field_type (const_tree);
6099 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6100 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree);
6101 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree);
6102 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree);
6103 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
6105 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6106 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
6107 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6108 static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *);
6109 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
6110 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
6111 enum dwarf_attribute);
6112 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6113 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree);
6114 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
6115 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
6116 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
6117 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool);
6118 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6119 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6120 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6121 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6122 static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6123 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6124 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6125 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
6126 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
6127 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6128 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
6129 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6130 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6131 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
6132 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
6133 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
6134 static const char *type_tag (const_tree);
6135 static tree member_declared_type (const_tree);
6137 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
6139 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6140 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref);
6142 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6144 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6145 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref);
6146 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*);
6147 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6148 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6149 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6150 static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6151 static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6152 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6153 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6154 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6155 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6156 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6157 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6158 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6159 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6160 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
6161 enum debug_info_usage);
6162 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6163 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6164 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6165 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6166 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
6167 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree);
6168 static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree);
6169 static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
6170 static void gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6171 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
6172 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
6173 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
6174 static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
6175 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
6176 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6177 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
6178 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree);
6179 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
6180 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6181 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
6182 const char *, const char *);
6183 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
6184 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6186 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
6187 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
6188 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
6189 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
6190 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
6191 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6192 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
6193 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree);
6194 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6196 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6197 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6198 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6200 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6201 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6203 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6204 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6206 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6207 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6209 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6210 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6212 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6213 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6215 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6216 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6218 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6219 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6221 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6222 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6224 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6225 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6227 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6228 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6230 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6231 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6234 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6235 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6236 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6239 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6240 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6241 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6242 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6245 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6246 the section names themselves. */
6248 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6249 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6251 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6252 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6254 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6255 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6257 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6258 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6260 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6261 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6263 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6264 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6266 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6267 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6269 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6270 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6273 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6274 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6275 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6276 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6277 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6279 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6280 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6281 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6282 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6283 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6284 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6285 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6286 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6287 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6288 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6290 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6291 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6293 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6294 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6296 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6297 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6299 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6300 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6302 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6303 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6305 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6306 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6310 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6311 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6313 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
6316 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
6318 demangle_name_func = func;
6321 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6324 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl)
6326 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
6327 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
6328 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
6331 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6335 type_main_variant (tree type)
6337 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6339 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6340 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6341 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6342 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6344 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
6345 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
6346 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
6351 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6354 is_tagged_type (const_tree type)
6356 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
6358 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
6359 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
6362 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6365 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
6369 case DW_TAG_padding:
6370 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6371 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6372 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6373 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6374 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6375 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
6376 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6377 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6378 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6379 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
6380 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6381 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
6382 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6384 return "DW_TAG_label";
6385 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
6386 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6388 return "DW_TAG_member";
6389 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6390 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6391 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6392 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6393 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
6394 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6395 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6396 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6397 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6398 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6399 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6400 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6401 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6402 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6403 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6404 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6405 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
6406 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6407 case DW_TAG_variant:
6408 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6409 case DW_TAG_common_block:
6410 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6411 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
6412 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6413 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
6414 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6415 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
6416 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6418 return "DW_TAG_module";
6419 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6420 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6421 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6422 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6423 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6424 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6425 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
6426 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6427 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
6428 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6429 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6430 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6431 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
6432 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6433 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6434 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6435 case DW_TAG_constant:
6436 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6437 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
6438 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6439 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6440 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6442 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6443 case DW_TAG_namelist:
6444 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6445 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
6446 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6447 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6448 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6449 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
6450 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6451 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
6452 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6453 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
6454 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6455 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
6456 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6457 case DW_TAG_try_block:
6458 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6459 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
6460 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6461 case DW_TAG_variable:
6462 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6463 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6464 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6465 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure:
6466 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6467 case DW_TAG_restrict_type:
6468 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6469 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
6470 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6471 case DW_TAG_namespace:
6472 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6473 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
6474 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6475 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type:
6476 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6477 case DW_TAG_partial_unit:
6478 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6479 case DW_TAG_imported_unit:
6480 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6481 case DW_TAG_condition:
6482 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6483 case DW_TAG_shared_type:
6484 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6485 case DW_TAG_type_unit:
6486 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6487 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type:
6488 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6489 case DW_TAG_template_alias:
6490 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6491 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack:
6492 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6493 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack:
6494 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6495 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
6496 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6497 case DW_TAG_format_label:
6498 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6499 case DW_TAG_function_template:
6500 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6501 case DW_TAG_class_template:
6502 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6503 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
6504 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6505 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
6506 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6507 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param:
6508 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6510 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6514 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6517 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
6522 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6523 case DW_AT_location:
6524 return "DW_AT_location";
6526 return "DW_AT_name";
6527 case DW_AT_ordering:
6528 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6529 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
6530 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6531 case DW_AT_byte_size:
6532 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6533 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
6534 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6535 case DW_AT_bit_size:
6536 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6537 case DW_AT_element_list:
6538 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6539 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
6540 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6542 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6544 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6545 case DW_AT_language:
6546 return "DW_AT_language";
6548 return "DW_AT_member";
6550 return "DW_AT_discr";
6551 case DW_AT_discr_value:
6552 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6553 case DW_AT_visibility:
6554 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6556 return "DW_AT_import";
6557 case DW_AT_string_length:
6558 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6559 case DW_AT_common_reference:
6560 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6561 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
6562 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6563 case DW_AT_const_value:
6564 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6565 case DW_AT_containing_type:
6566 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6567 case DW_AT_default_value:
6568 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6570 return "DW_AT_inline";
6571 case DW_AT_is_optional:
6572 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6573 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
6574 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6575 case DW_AT_producer:
6576 return "DW_AT_producer";
6577 case DW_AT_prototyped:
6578 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6579 case DW_AT_return_addr:
6580 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6581 case DW_AT_start_scope:
6582 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6583 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
6584 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6585 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
6586 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6587 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
6588 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6589 case DW_AT_accessibility:
6590 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6591 case DW_AT_address_class:
6592 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6593 case DW_AT_artificial:
6594 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6595 case DW_AT_base_types:
6596 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6597 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
6598 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6600 return "DW_AT_count";
6601 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
6602 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6603 case DW_AT_decl_column:
6604 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6605 case DW_AT_decl_file:
6606 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6607 case DW_AT_decl_line:
6608 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6609 case DW_AT_declaration:
6610 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6611 case DW_AT_discr_list:
6612 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6613 case DW_AT_encoding:
6614 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6615 case DW_AT_external:
6616 return "DW_AT_external";
6617 case DW_AT_explicit:
6618 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6619 case DW_AT_frame_base:
6620 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6622 return "DW_AT_friend";
6623 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
6624 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6625 case DW_AT_macro_info:
6626 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6627 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
6628 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6629 case DW_AT_priority:
6630 return "DW_AT_priority";
6632 return "DW_AT_segment";
6633 case DW_AT_specification:
6634 return "DW_AT_specification";
6635 case DW_AT_static_link:
6636 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6638 return "DW_AT_type";
6639 case DW_AT_use_location:
6640 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6641 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
6642 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6643 case DW_AT_virtuality:
6644 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6645 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
6646 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6648 case DW_AT_allocated:
6649 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6650 case DW_AT_associated:
6651 return "DW_AT_associated";
6652 case DW_AT_data_location:
6653 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6654 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
6655 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6656 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
6657 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6658 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
6659 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6660 case DW_AT_extension:
6661 return "DW_AT_extension";
6663 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6664 case DW_AT_trampoline:
6665 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6666 case DW_AT_call_column:
6667 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6668 case DW_AT_call_file:
6669 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6670 case DW_AT_call_line:
6671 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6673 case DW_AT_signature:
6674 return "DW_AT_signature";
6675 case DW_AT_main_subprogram:
6676 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6677 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset:
6678 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6679 case DW_AT_const_expr:
6680 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6681 case DW_AT_enum_class:
6682 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6683 case DW_AT_linkage_name:
6684 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6686 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
6687 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6688 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
6689 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6690 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
6691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6692 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
6693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6694 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
6695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6696 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
6697 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6698 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
6699 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6700 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
6701 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6702 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
6703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6704 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
6705 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6706 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
6707 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6709 case DW_AT_sf_names:
6710 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6711 case DW_AT_src_info:
6712 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6713 case DW_AT_mac_info:
6714 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6715 case DW_AT_src_coords:
6716 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6717 case DW_AT_body_begin:
6718 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6719 case DW_AT_body_end:
6720 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6721 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
6722 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6723 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by:
6724 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6725 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by:
6726 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6727 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded:
6728 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6729 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded:
6730 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6731 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded:
6732 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6733 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required:
6734 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6735 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required:
6736 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6737 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature:
6738 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6739 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name:
6740 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6742 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
6743 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6746 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6750 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6753 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
6758 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6759 case DW_FORM_block2:
6760 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6761 case DW_FORM_block4:
6762 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6764 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6766 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6768 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6769 case DW_FORM_string:
6770 return "DW_FORM_string";
6772 return "DW_FORM_block";
6773 case DW_FORM_block1:
6774 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6776 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6778 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6780 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6782 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6784 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6785 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
6786 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6788 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6790 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6792 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6794 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6795 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
6796 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6797 case DW_FORM_indirect:
6798 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6799 case DW_FORM_sec_offset:
6800 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6801 case DW_FORM_exprloc:
6802 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6803 case DW_FORM_flag_present:
6804 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6805 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8:
6806 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6808 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6812 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6813 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6814 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6815 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6819 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl)
6821 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
6824 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6825 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6826 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6827 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
6830 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6831 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6832 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
6834 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
6837 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6838 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6842 decl_class_context (tree decl)
6844 tree context = NULL_TREE;
6846 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
6847 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
6849 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
6850 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
6852 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
6853 context = NULL_TREE;
6858 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
6861 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
6863 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
6867 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
6868 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
6869 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
6872 static inline enum dw_val_class
6873 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
6875 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
6878 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
6881 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
6885 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6886 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
6887 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
6888 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6891 static inline unsigned
6892 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
6894 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
6895 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
6898 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6901 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
6905 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6906 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
6907 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
6908 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6911 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
6912 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
6914 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
6915 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
6918 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6921 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6922 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
6926 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6927 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
6928 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
6929 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6932 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
6933 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
6935 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
6936 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
6939 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
6942 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6943 HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low)
6947 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6948 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
6949 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high;
6950 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low;
6951 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6954 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
6957 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6958 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
6962 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6963 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
6964 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
6965 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
6966 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
6967 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6970 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
6973 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
6974 unsigned char data8[8])
6978 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
6979 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8;
6980 memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8);
6981 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
6984 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
6987 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
6989 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
6993 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
6995 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
6996 (const char *)x2) == 0;
6999 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7001 static struct indirect_string_node *
7002 find_AT_string (const char *str)
7004 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7007 if (! debug_str_hash)
7008 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
7009 debug_str_eq, NULL);
7011 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
7012 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
7015 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
7016 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
7017 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
7021 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
7027 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7030 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
7033 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7035 node = find_AT_string (str);
7037 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7038 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
7039 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
7040 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7043 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7044 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7047 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node)
7054 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
7055 ++dw2_string_counter;
7056 node->label = xstrdup (label);
7059 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7060 debug string STR. */
7063 get_debug_string_label (const char *str)
7065 struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str);
7067 debug_str_hash_forced = true;
7069 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7071 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label);
7074 static inline const char *
7075 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
7077 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7078 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
7081 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7082 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7084 static enum dwarf_form
7085 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
7087 struct indirect_string_node *node;
7090 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
7092 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
7096 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
7098 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7099 always better to put it inline. */
7100 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
7101 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7103 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7104 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7106 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7107 || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
7108 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len))
7109 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
7111 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node);
7113 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
7116 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7119 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7123 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7124 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
7125 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
7126 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
7127 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7130 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7131 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7134 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
7136 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
7137 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
7138 targ_die->die_definition = die;
7141 static inline dw_die_ref
7142 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
7144 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7145 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
7149 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
7151 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
7152 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
7158 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
7160 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
7161 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
7164 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7167 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
7171 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7172 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
7173 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
7174 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7177 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7180 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
7184 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7185 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7186 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
7187 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7190 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7191 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
7193 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7194 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
7198 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
7202 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7203 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
7204 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
7205 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7206 have_location_lists = true;
7209 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7210 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
7212 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7213 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7216 static inline dw_loc_list_ref *
7217 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a)
7219 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
7220 return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
7223 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7226 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
7230 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7231 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7232 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
7233 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7236 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7239 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
7241 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
7242 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
7245 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7248 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7249 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
7253 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7254 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
7255 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
7256 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7259 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7261 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7262 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
7264 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
7265 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
7268 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7271 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
7275 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7276 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
7277 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
7278 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7281 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7282 debug_line section. */
7285 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7290 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7291 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
7292 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7293 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7296 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7297 debug_macinfo section. */
7300 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7305 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7306 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
7307 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
7308 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7311 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7314 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7315 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
7319 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7320 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
7321 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7322 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7325 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7328 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
7329 long unsigned int offset)
7333 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
7334 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
7335 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
7336 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
7339 static inline const char *
7340 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
7342 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7343 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7344 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
7345 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
7348 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7351 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7355 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
7360 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7361 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7363 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
7364 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
7368 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
7373 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7374 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7375 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7377 static inline const char *
7378 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7380 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
7382 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7385 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7386 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7387 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7389 static inline const char *
7390 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
7392 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
7394 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
7397 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7398 NULL if it is not present. */
7400 static inline const char *
7401 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7403 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7405 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
7408 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7409 if it is not present. */
7412 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7414 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7416 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
7419 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7420 if it is not present. */
7422 static inline unsigned
7423 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7425 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7427 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
7430 static inline dw_die_ref
7431 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7433 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7435 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
7438 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
7439 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7441 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
7443 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
7446 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
7451 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7453 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
7454 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
7455 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
7458 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7463 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7465 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
7468 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7473 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7475 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
7476 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
7477 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
7480 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
7485 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7487 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
7490 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7495 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
7497 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
7500 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7503 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
7511 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7512 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
7514 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
7515 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
7516 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
7518 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7520 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
7525 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7526 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7529 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
7531 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
7532 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
7535 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
7539 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
7540 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
7541 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
7544 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7545 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7548 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev)
7550 dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent;
7552 gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent);
7553 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child);
7555 new_child->die_parent = parent;
7556 if (prev == old_child)
7558 gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child);
7559 new_child->die_sib = new_child;
7563 prev->die_sib = new_child;
7564 new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib;
7566 if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child)
7567 old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child;
7570 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7573 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent)
7576 new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child;
7577 old_parent->die_child = NULL;
7578 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent);
7581 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7585 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
7591 dw_die_ref prev = c;
7593 while (c->die_tag == tag)
7595 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
7596 /* Might have removed every child. */
7597 if (c == c->die_sib)
7601 } while (c != die->die_child);
7604 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7607 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
7609 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7610 if (! die || ! child_die)
7612 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
7614 child_die->die_parent = die;
7617 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
7618 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
7621 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
7622 die->die_child = child_die;
7625 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7626 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7627 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7630 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
7634 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7635 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7636 if (child->die_parent != parent)
7638 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
7644 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
7645 || (child->die_parent
7646 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
7648 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
7649 if (p->die_sib == child)
7651 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
7655 add_child_die (parent, child);
7658 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7660 static inline dw_die_ref
7661 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
7663 dw_die_ref die = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
7665 die->die_tag = tag_value;
7667 if (parent_die != NULL)
7668 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
7671 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
7673 limbo_node = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
7674 limbo_node->die = die;
7675 limbo_node->created_for = t;
7676 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
7677 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
7683 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7685 static inline dw_die_ref
7686 lookup_type_die (tree type)
7688 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
7691 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7694 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
7696 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
7699 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7702 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
7704 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
7707 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7710 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7712 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7715 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7717 static inline dw_die_ref
7718 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
7720 return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7723 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7726 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
7728 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
7731 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7735 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
7737 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
7740 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7742 static inline var_loc_list *
7743 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl)
7745 if (!decl_loc_table)
7747 return (var_loc_list *)
7748 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
7751 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7754 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
7756 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7759 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7761 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
7764 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
7766 static struct var_loc_node *
7767 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note)
7769 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
7772 struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL;
7774 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
7777 temp = GGC_CNEW (var_loc_list);
7778 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
7782 temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot;
7786 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
7787 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
7788 we have nothing to do. */
7789 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
7790 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note)))
7791 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7792 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note))
7793 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
7794 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
7795 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)
7796 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
7798 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
7799 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7800 temp->last->next = loc;
7806 loc = GGC_CNEW (struct var_loc_node);
7813 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
7814 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
7815 the DIE internal representation. */
7816 static int print_indent;
7818 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
7821 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
7823 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
7826 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
7829 print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig)
7833 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
7834 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff);
7837 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
7838 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7841 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
7847 print_spaces (outfile);
7848 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
7849 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7850 print_spaces (outfile);
7851 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
7852 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
7853 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node)
7855 print_spaces (outfile);
7856 fprintf (outfile, " signature: ");
7857 print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7858 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7861 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7863 print_spaces (outfile);
7864 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
7866 switch (AT_class (a))
7868 case dw_val_class_addr:
7869 fprintf (outfile, "address");
7871 case dw_val_class_offset:
7872 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
7874 case dw_val_class_loc:
7875 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
7877 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7878 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
7879 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
7881 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7882 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
7884 case dw_val_class_const:
7885 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
7887 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7888 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
7890 case dw_val_class_const_double:
7891 fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\
7892 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")",
7893 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high,
7894 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low);
7896 case dw_val_class_vec:
7897 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
7899 case dw_val_class_flag:
7900 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
7902 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7903 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
7905 if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node)
7907 fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: ");
7908 print_signature (outfile,
7909 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature);
7911 else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol)
7912 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s",
7913 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
7915 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7918 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
7920 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7921 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7922 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7923 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
7925 case dw_val_class_str:
7926 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
7927 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
7929 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
7931 case dw_val_class_file:
7932 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
7933 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
7935 case dw_val_class_data8:
7939 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
7940 fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]);
7947 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7950 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7953 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
7956 if (print_indent == 0)
7957 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
7960 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
7961 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7964 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
7967 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
7969 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
7970 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
7972 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
7973 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
7974 line_info->dw_file_num,
7975 line_info->dw_line_num);
7978 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
7981 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
7984 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
7986 print_die (die, stderr);
7989 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
7990 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
7996 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
7997 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
7998 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
8001 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8002 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8003 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8006 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
8008 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
8009 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
8011 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
8015 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8018 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
8020 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
8022 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
8026 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8027 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8029 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8032 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8036 tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc);
8038 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8039 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8042 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8045 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8047 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8050 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
8052 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8053 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8054 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8057 switch (AT_class (at))
8059 case dw_val_class_const:
8060 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8062 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8063 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8065 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8066 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8068 case dw_val_class_vec:
8069 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8071 case dw_val_class_flag:
8072 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
8074 case dw_val_class_str:
8075 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8078 case dw_val_class_addr:
8080 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8081 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8084 case dw_val_class_offset:
8085 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8088 case dw_val_class_loc:
8089 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8090 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
8093 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8094 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
8097 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8098 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8099 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8100 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8103 case dw_val_class_file:
8104 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8107 case dw_val_class_data8:
8108 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8116 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8119 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8125 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8128 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
8131 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8133 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
8135 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8136 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
8138 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
8142 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8144 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8145 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8146 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8147 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8148 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8149 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8150 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8152 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8155 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8162 byte = (value & 0x7f);
8164 more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0)
8165 || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0));
8174 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8177 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8181 unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f);
8184 /* More bytes to follow. */
8192 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8193 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8196 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8200 int tag = die->die_tag;
8202 if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace
8203 && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type
8204 && tag != DW_TAG_class_type)
8207 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8209 spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8213 if (die->die_parent != NULL)
8214 checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx);
8216 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8217 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag);
8219 CHECKSUM_STRING (name);
8222 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8225 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
8227 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8228 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8229 if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL)
8231 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8232 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
8236 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8239 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc);
8240 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
8241 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
8242 loc = loc->dw_loc_next;
8246 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8249 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at,
8250 struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8252 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8255 if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
8257 dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at);
8259 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8260 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8261 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8262 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8263 is complete or not. */
8264 if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type
8265 && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
8266 || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
8267 || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type))
8268 || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend
8269 && tag == DW_TAG_friend))
8271 dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name);
8273 if (name_attr != NULL)
8275 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8279 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8280 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8281 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8282 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8283 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8284 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8289 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8290 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8291 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8292 if (target_die->die_mark > 0)
8294 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8295 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8296 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark);
8300 dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification);
8304 target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8305 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8306 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8307 if (decl->die_parent != NULL)
8308 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx);
8309 die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark);
8314 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8315 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr);
8317 switch (AT_class (at))
8319 case dw_val_class_const:
8320 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8321 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
8324 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8325 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8326 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
8329 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8330 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8331 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double));
8332 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double);
8335 case dw_val_class_vec:
8336 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block);
8337 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec));
8338 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
8341 case dw_val_class_flag:
8342 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag);
8343 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0);
8346 case dw_val_class_str:
8347 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8348 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
8351 case dw_val_class_addr:
8353 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
8354 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8355 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
8358 case dw_val_class_offset:
8359 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata);
8360 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
8363 case dw_val_class_loc:
8364 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8365 loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx);
8368 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8369 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8370 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8371 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8374 case dw_val_class_file:
8375 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string);
8376 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
8379 case dw_val_class_data8:
8380 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8);
8388 struct checksum_attributes
8390 dw_attr_ref at_name;
8391 dw_attr_ref at_type;
8392 dw_attr_ref at_friend;
8393 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility;
8394 dw_attr_ref at_address_class;
8395 dw_attr_ref at_allocated;
8396 dw_attr_ref at_artificial;
8397 dw_attr_ref at_associated;
8398 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale;
8399 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset;
8400 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size;
8401 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride;
8402 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size;
8403 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride;
8404 dw_attr_ref at_const_value;
8405 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type;
8406 dw_attr_ref at_count;
8407 dw_attr_ref at_data_location;
8408 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location;
8409 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale;
8410 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign;
8411 dw_attr_ref at_default_value;
8412 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count;
8413 dw_attr_ref at_discr;
8414 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list;
8415 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value;
8416 dw_attr_ref at_encoding;
8417 dw_attr_ref at_endianity;
8418 dw_attr_ref at_explicit;
8419 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional;
8420 dw_attr_ref at_location;
8421 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound;
8422 dw_attr_ref at_mutable;
8423 dw_attr_ref at_ordering;
8424 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string;
8425 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped;
8426 dw_attr_ref at_small;
8427 dw_attr_ref at_segment;
8428 dw_attr_ref at_string_length;
8429 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled;
8430 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound;
8431 dw_attr_ref at_use_location;
8432 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8;
8433 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter;
8434 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality;
8435 dw_attr_ref at_visibility;
8436 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location;
8439 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8442 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die)
8447 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
8458 attrs->at_friend = a;
8460 case DW_AT_accessibility:
8461 attrs->at_accessibility = a;
8463 case DW_AT_address_class:
8464 attrs->at_address_class = a;
8466 case DW_AT_allocated:
8467 attrs->at_allocated = a;
8469 case DW_AT_artificial:
8470 attrs->at_artificial = a;
8472 case DW_AT_associated:
8473 attrs->at_associated = a;
8475 case DW_AT_binary_scale:
8476 attrs->at_binary_scale = a;
8478 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
8479 attrs->at_bit_offset = a;
8481 case DW_AT_bit_size:
8482 attrs->at_bit_size = a;
8484 case DW_AT_bit_stride:
8485 attrs->at_bit_stride = a;
8487 case DW_AT_byte_size:
8488 attrs->at_byte_size = a;
8490 case DW_AT_byte_stride:
8491 attrs->at_byte_stride = a;
8493 case DW_AT_const_value:
8494 attrs->at_const_value = a;
8496 case DW_AT_containing_type:
8497 attrs->at_containing_type = a;
8500 attrs->at_count = a;
8502 case DW_AT_data_location:
8503 attrs->at_data_location = a;
8505 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
8506 attrs->at_data_member_location = a;
8508 case DW_AT_decimal_scale:
8509 attrs->at_decimal_scale = a;
8511 case DW_AT_decimal_sign:
8512 attrs->at_decimal_sign = a;
8514 case DW_AT_default_value:
8515 attrs->at_default_value = a;
8517 case DW_AT_digit_count:
8518 attrs->at_digit_count = a;
8521 attrs->at_discr = a;
8523 case DW_AT_discr_list:
8524 attrs->at_discr_list = a;
8526 case DW_AT_discr_value:
8527 attrs->at_discr_value = a;
8529 case DW_AT_encoding:
8530 attrs->at_encoding = a;
8532 case DW_AT_endianity:
8533 attrs->at_endianity = a;
8535 case DW_AT_explicit:
8536 attrs->at_explicit = a;
8538 case DW_AT_is_optional:
8539 attrs->at_is_optional = a;
8541 case DW_AT_location:
8542 attrs->at_location = a;
8544 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
8545 attrs->at_lower_bound = a;
8548 attrs->at_mutable = a;
8550 case DW_AT_ordering:
8551 attrs->at_ordering = a;
8553 case DW_AT_picture_string:
8554 attrs->at_picture_string = a;
8556 case DW_AT_prototyped:
8557 attrs->at_prototyped = a;
8560 attrs->at_small = a;
8563 attrs->at_segment = a;
8565 case DW_AT_string_length:
8566 attrs->at_string_length = a;
8568 case DW_AT_threads_scaled:
8569 attrs->at_threads_scaled = a;
8571 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
8572 attrs->at_upper_bound = a;
8574 case DW_AT_use_location:
8575 attrs->at_use_location = a;
8577 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
8578 attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a;
8580 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
8581 attrs->at_variable_parameter = a;
8583 case DW_AT_virtuality:
8584 attrs->at_virtuality = a;
8586 case DW_AT_visibility:
8587 attrs->at_visibility = a;
8589 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
8590 attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a;
8598 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
8601 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
8605 struct checksum_attributes attrs;
8607 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
8608 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag);
8610 memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs));
8612 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8614 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl);
8615 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die);
8617 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name);
8618 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility);
8619 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class);
8620 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated);
8621 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial);
8622 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated);
8623 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale);
8624 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset);
8625 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size);
8626 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride);
8627 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size);
8628 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride);
8629 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value);
8630 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type);
8631 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count);
8632 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location);
8633 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location);
8634 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale);
8635 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign);
8636 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value);
8637 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count);
8638 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr);
8639 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list);
8640 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value);
8641 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding);
8642 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity);
8643 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit);
8644 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional);
8645 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location);
8646 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound);
8647 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable);
8648 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering);
8649 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string);
8650 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped);
8651 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small);
8652 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment);
8653 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length);
8654 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled);
8655 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound);
8656 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location);
8657 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8);
8658 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter);
8659 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality);
8660 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility);
8661 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location);
8662 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type);
8663 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend);
8665 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
8668 dw_attr_ref name_attr;
8671 name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name);
8672 if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
8673 && name_attr != NULL)
8675 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
8676 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag);
8677 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr));
8681 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
8682 if (c->die_mark == 0)
8684 die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark);
8686 } while (c != die->die_child);
8688 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
8692 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8693 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
8694 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
8695 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
8697 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
8698 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
8699 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
8700 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
8701 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
8702 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
8703 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
8706 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node)
8710 unsigned char checksum[16];
8714 name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name);
8715 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
8717 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
8718 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
8719 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
8721 if (is_cxx() && name != NULL)
8723 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8725 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8726 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8727 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8729 md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx);
8730 md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx);
8731 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8733 add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]);
8736 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
8738 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8740 die->die_mark = mark;
8742 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
8743 if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL)
8744 checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx);
8746 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
8747 die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark);
8748 unmark_all_dies (die);
8749 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8751 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
8752 type node together. */
8753 memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE],
8754 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE);
8755 die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8756 type_node->type_die = die;
8758 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
8761 decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node;
8764 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
8766 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
8768 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
8769 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
8770 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
8773 /* Do the values look the same? */
8775 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
8777 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
8780 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
8783 switch (v1->val_class)
8785 case dw_val_class_const:
8786 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
8787 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
8788 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
8789 case dw_val_class_const_double:
8790 return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high
8791 && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low;
8792 case dw_val_class_vec:
8793 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
8794 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
8796 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
8797 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
8800 case dw_val_class_flag:
8801 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
8802 case dw_val_class_str:
8803 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
8805 case dw_val_class_addr:
8806 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
8807 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
8808 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
8810 return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2);
8812 case dw_val_class_offset:
8813 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
8815 case dw_val_class_loc:
8816 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
8818 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
8819 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
8821 return !loc1 && !loc2;
8823 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
8824 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
8826 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
8827 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
8828 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
8829 case dw_val_class_macptr:
8832 case dw_val_class_file:
8833 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
8835 case dw_val_class_data8:
8836 return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8);
8843 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
8846 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
8848 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
8851 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8852 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8853 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
8856 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
8859 /* Do the dies look the same? */
8862 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
8868 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8870 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
8871 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
8873 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
8876 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
8877 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
8880 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
8881 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
8884 c1 = die1->die_child;
8885 c2 = die2->die_child;
8894 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
8898 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
8900 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
8910 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
8913 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
8916 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
8918 unmark_all_dies (die1);
8919 unmark_all_dies (die2);
8924 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
8926 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
8928 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
8929 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
8931 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
8932 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
8935 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
8937 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
8938 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
8939 char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64);
8942 unsigned char checksum[16];
8945 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
8946 the name filename of the unit. */
8948 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
8950 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
8951 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
8952 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
8954 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
8955 clean_symbol_name (name);
8957 p = name + strlen (name);
8958 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
8960 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
8964 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
8965 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
8968 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
8971 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
8973 switch (die->die_tag)
8975 case DW_TAG_array_type:
8976 case DW_TAG_class_type:
8977 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
8978 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
8979 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
8980 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
8981 case DW_TAG_string_type:
8982 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
8983 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
8984 case DW_TAG_union_type:
8985 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
8986 case DW_TAG_set_type:
8987 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
8988 case DW_TAG_base_type:
8989 case DW_TAG_const_type:
8990 case DW_TAG_file_type:
8991 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
8992 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
8993 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9000 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9001 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9002 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9003 compilations (functions). */
9006 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
9008 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9009 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9010 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9011 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9013 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
9016 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
9017 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
9018 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
9019 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
9021 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
9023 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
9026 return is_type_die (c);
9029 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9030 compilation unit. */
9033 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
9035 return (is_type_die (c)
9036 || is_declaration_die (c)
9037 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9038 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module);
9042 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
9046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
9047 return xstrdup (buf);
9050 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9053 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
9057 if (is_symbol_die (die))
9059 if (comdat_symbol_id)
9061 char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
9063 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
9064 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
9065 die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
9068 die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9071 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
9074 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9077 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
9078 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
9081 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9083 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
9085 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry =
9086 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of;
9088 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol);
9092 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9094 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 =
9095 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1;
9096 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9098 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol);
9102 htab_cu_del (void *what)
9104 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next,
9105 *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what;
9115 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9118 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
9120 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
9121 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
9123 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
9125 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9126 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9130 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
9132 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
9138 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
9142 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
9144 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
9145 entry->next = *slot;
9151 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9153 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
9155 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
9157 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
9158 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol),
9162 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
9165 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9166 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9167 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9170 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
9173 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9174 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
9175 htab_t cu_hash_table;
9179 dw_die_ref prev = c;
9181 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9182 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
9184 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
9186 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9187 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
9189 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
9190 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
9191 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
9192 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
9194 add_child_die (unit, c);
9196 if (c == die->die_child)
9199 } while (c != die->die_child);
9202 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9203 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9207 assign_symbol_names (die);
9208 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
9209 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
9215 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
9216 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9217 &comdat_symbol_number);
9218 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
9220 *pnode = node->next;
9223 pnode = &node->next;
9224 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
9225 comdat_symbol_number);
9228 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
9231 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9234 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die)
9239 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9240 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration)
9246 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9247 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9250 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die)
9252 switch (die->die_tag)
9254 case DW_TAG_class_type:
9255 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
9256 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
9257 case DW_TAG_union_type:
9258 /* Don't move declarations or inlined instances. */
9259 if (is_declaration_die (die) || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin))
9262 case DW_TAG_array_type:
9263 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
9264 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
9265 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
9266 case DW_TAG_string_type:
9267 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
9268 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
9269 case DW_TAG_set_type:
9270 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
9271 case DW_TAG_base_type:
9272 case DW_TAG_const_type:
9273 case DW_TAG_file_type:
9274 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
9275 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
9276 case DW_TAG_typedef:
9282 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9285 clone_die (dw_die_ref die)
9291 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9292 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9294 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9295 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9300 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9303 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die)
9306 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die);
9308 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c)));
9313 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9316 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die)
9323 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9324 if (is_declaration_die (die))
9325 return clone_die (die);
9327 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9328 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9330 return clone_die (decl);
9332 clone = GGC_CNEW (die_node);
9333 clone->die_tag = die->die_tag;
9335 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9337 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9338 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9339 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9343 case DW_AT_artificial:
9344 case DW_AT_containing_type:
9345 case DW_AT_external:
9348 case DW_AT_virtuality:
9349 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
9350 add_dwarf_attr (clone, a);
9352 case DW_AT_byte_size:
9358 if (die->die_id.die_type_node)
9359 add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die);
9361 add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9365 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9366 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9367 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9368 attached to the specification. */
9371 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die)
9374 dw_die_ref new_decl;
9376 decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification);
9385 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9386 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9387 decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node;
9389 remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification);
9391 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9393 if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name
9394 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration
9395 && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external)
9396 add_dwarf_attr (die, a);
9399 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c)));
9402 if (decl->die_parent != NULL
9403 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9404 && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9406 new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL);
9407 if (new_decl != NULL)
9409 remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature);
9410 add_AT_specification (die, new_decl);
9415 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9416 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9419 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node)
9421 if (node->new_die != NULL)
9424 node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die);
9426 if (node->parent != NULL)
9428 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent);
9429 add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die);
9433 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9434 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9435 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9438 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent)
9440 skeleton_chain_node node;
9443 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9444 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9446 node.parent = parent;
9448 first = c = parent->old_die->die_child;
9452 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9455 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9457 node.new_die = NULL;
9458 if (is_declaration_die (c))
9460 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9461 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9462 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9463 dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c);
9464 move_all_children (c, clone);
9466 replace_child (c, clone, prev);
9467 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent);
9468 add_child_die (parent->new_die, c);
9472 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9473 } while (next != NULL);
9476 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9479 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die)
9481 skeleton_chain_node node;
9484 node.new_die = NULL;
9487 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9488 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9489 if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent))
9490 node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die);
9492 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node);
9493 return node.new_die;
9496 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9497 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9498 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9499 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9500 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9501 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9504 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
9506 dw_die_ref skeleton;
9508 skeleton = generate_skeleton (child);
9509 if (skeleton == NULL)
9510 remove_child_with_prev (child, prev);
9513 skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node;
9514 replace_child (child, skeleton, prev);
9520 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9521 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9524 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die)
9528 dw_die_ref prev = NULL;
9529 dw_die_ref next = NULL;
9530 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
9532 first = c = die->die_child;
9536 if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c)
9539 next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib);
9540 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c))
9542 dw_die_ref replacement;
9543 comdat_type_node_ref type_node;
9545 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9546 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9547 unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL);
9548 add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language,
9549 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language));
9550 type_node = GGC_CNEW (comdat_type_node);
9551 type_node->root_die = unit;
9552 type_node->next = comdat_type_list;
9553 comdat_type_list = type_node;
9555 /* Generate the type signature. */
9556 generate_type_signature (c, type_node);
9558 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9559 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9560 copy_declaration_context (unit, c);
9562 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9563 replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev);
9565 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9566 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9568 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9569 add_child_die (unit, c);
9571 if (replacement != NULL)
9574 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace
9575 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
9576 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9577 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)
9579 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
9580 break_out_comdat_types (c);
9582 } while (next != NULL);
9585 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
9587 struct decl_table_entry
9593 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
9596 htab_decl_hash (const void *of)
9598 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry =
9599 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of;
9601 return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig);
9605 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
9607 const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 =
9608 (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1;
9609 const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2;
9611 return entry1->orig == entry2;
9615 htab_decl_del (void *what)
9617 struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what;
9622 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
9623 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
9624 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
9625 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
9628 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9630 dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent;
9631 dw_die_ref new_parent = unit;
9634 struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL;
9638 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
9639 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die,
9640 htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT);
9641 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9643 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9647 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
9648 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9656 dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification);
9659 if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9660 && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9661 new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table);
9664 copy = clone_as_declaration (die);
9665 add_child_die (new_parent, copy);
9667 if (decl_table != NULL)
9669 /* Make sure the copy is marked as part of the type unit. */
9671 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
9678 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
9679 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
9683 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table)
9689 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9691 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
9693 dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a);
9694 comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node;
9696 struct decl_table_entry *entry;
9698 if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL)
9701 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ,
9702 htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT);
9704 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
9706 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
9707 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
9708 entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot;
9709 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy;
9713 dw_die_ref parent = unit;
9714 dw_die_ref copy = clone_tree (targ);
9716 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
9720 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
9721 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
9722 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
9723 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
9724 entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry);
9729 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
9730 into the new type unit. */
9731 if (targ->die_parent != NULL
9732 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
9733 && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit)
9734 parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent,
9737 add_child_die (parent, copy);
9738 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy;
9740 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
9741 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
9742 get visited otherwise. */
9744 copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table);
9749 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table));
9752 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
9753 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
9754 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
9755 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
9756 don't have an external reference. */
9759 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit)
9764 decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del);
9765 copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table);
9766 htab_delete (decl_table);
9770 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
9771 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
9772 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
9775 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
9779 if (! die->die_child)
9782 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
9783 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
9785 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
9788 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
9791 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
9797 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9798 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
9799 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
9801 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
9804 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
9805 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
9806 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
9807 die are visited recursively. */
9810 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
9812 unsigned long abbrev_id;
9813 unsigned int n_alloc;
9818 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
9819 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
9820 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9821 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
9822 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
9824 gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol);
9825 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
9828 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
9830 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
9831 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
9835 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
9837 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
9840 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
9841 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
9844 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
9846 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
9847 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
9848 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
9858 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
9860 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
9862 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9863 abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table,
9866 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
9867 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
9868 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
9871 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
9872 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
9875 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
9876 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
9879 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
9882 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value)
9889 log = floor_log2 (value);
9892 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
9897 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
9898 .debug_info section. */
9900 static unsigned long
9901 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
9903 unsigned long size = 0;
9907 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
9908 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
9910 switch (AT_class (a))
9912 case dw_val_class_addr:
9913 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9915 case dw_val_class_offset:
9916 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9918 case dw_val_class_loc:
9920 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
9923 size += constant_size (lsize);
9927 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
9928 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9930 case dw_val_class_range_list:
9931 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9933 case dw_val_class_const:
9934 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
9936 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
9937 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
9939 case dw_val_class_const_double:
9940 size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR;
9941 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
9944 case dw_val_class_vec:
9945 size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9946 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)
9947 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
9948 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */
9950 case dw_val_class_flag:
9953 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
9954 if (AT_ref_external (a))
9956 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
9957 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
9958 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
9959 it's always sized as an offset. */
9960 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
9961 size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE;
9962 else if (dwarf_version == 2)
9963 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9965 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9968 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9970 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
9971 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9973 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
9974 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
9976 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
9977 case dw_val_class_macptr:
9978 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9980 case dw_val_class_str:
9981 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
9982 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
9984 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
9986 case dw_val_class_file:
9987 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
9989 case dw_val_class_data8:
10000 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10001 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10002 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10003 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10006 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
10010 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
10011 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
10013 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
10015 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10016 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10017 next_die_offset += 1;
10020 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10021 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10022 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10023 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10026 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10030 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
10033 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
10036 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10039 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10043 if (dwarf_version < 4)
10044 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10047 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
10050 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10053 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
10059 if (!die->die_mark)
10063 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
10065 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10066 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
10067 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
10070 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10071 generated for the compilation unit. */
10073 static unsigned long
10074 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10076 unsigned long size;
10080 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
10081 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
10082 if (names != pubtype_table
10083 || p->die->die_offset != 0
10084 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10085 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
10087 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10091 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10093 static unsigned long
10094 size_of_aranges (void)
10096 unsigned long size;
10098 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
10100 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10101 if (text_section_used)
10102 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10103 if (cold_text_section_used)
10104 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10105 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
10107 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10108 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10112 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10114 static enum dwarf_form
10115 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10117 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
10119 case dw_val_class_addr:
10120 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10121 switch (a->dw_attr)
10124 case DW_AT_high_pc:
10125 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
10126 case DW_AT_trampoline:
10127 return DW_FORM_addr;
10131 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
10134 return DW_FORM_data1;
10136 return DW_FORM_data2;
10138 return DW_FORM_data4;
10140 return DW_FORM_data8;
10142 gcc_unreachable ();
10144 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10145 case dw_val_class_offset:
10146 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10147 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
10150 return DW_FORM_data4;
10152 return DW_FORM_data8;
10154 gcc_unreachable ();
10156 case dw_val_class_loc:
10157 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
10160 return DW_FORM_block1;
10162 return DW_FORM_block2;
10164 gcc_unreachable ();
10166 case dw_val_class_const:
10167 return DW_FORM_sdata;
10168 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10169 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
10172 return DW_FORM_data1;
10174 return DW_FORM_data2;
10176 return DW_FORM_data4;
10178 return DW_FORM_data8;
10180 gcc_unreachable ();
10182 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10183 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
10186 return DW_FORM_data2;
10188 return DW_FORM_data4;
10190 return DW_FORM_data8;
10193 return DW_FORM_block1;
10195 case dw_val_class_vec:
10196 switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
10197 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size))
10200 return DW_FORM_block1;
10202 return DW_FORM_block2;
10204 return DW_FORM_block4;
10206 gcc_unreachable ();
10208 case dw_val_class_flag:
10209 return DW_FORM_flag;
10210 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10211 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10212 return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr;
10214 return DW_FORM_ref;
10215 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10216 return DW_FORM_data;
10217 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10218 return DW_FORM_addr;
10219 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10220 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10221 return DW_FORM_data;
10222 case dw_val_class_str:
10223 return AT_string_form (a);
10224 case dw_val_class_file:
10225 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
10228 return DW_FORM_data1;
10230 return DW_FORM_data2;
10232 return DW_FORM_data4;
10234 gcc_unreachable ();
10237 case dw_val_class_data8:
10238 return DW_FORM_data8;
10241 gcc_unreachable ();
10245 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10248 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
10250 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
10252 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
10255 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10259 output_abbrev_section (void)
10261 unsigned long abbrev_id;
10263 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
10265 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
10267 dw_attr_ref a_attr;
10269 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
10270 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
10271 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
10273 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
10274 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
10276 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
10278 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
10281 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
10282 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
10283 output_value_format (a_attr);
10286 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10287 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10290 /* Terminate the table. */
10291 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
10294 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10297 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
10299 char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10304 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
10305 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10306 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10308 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
10310 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
10313 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10316 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10317 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
10318 const char *section)
10320 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_list_node);
10322 retlist->begin = begin;
10323 retlist->end = end;
10324 retlist->expr = expr;
10325 retlist->section = section;
10330 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10331 hasn't got one yet. */
10334 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list)
10336 gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol);
10337 list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10340 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10343 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
10345 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
10347 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
10349 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10350 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
10352 unsigned long size;
10353 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10354 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
10356 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
10358 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
10359 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10360 list_head->ll_symbol);
10361 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
10362 "Location list end address (%s)",
10363 list_head->ll_symbol);
10367 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
10368 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10369 list_head->ll_symbol);
10370 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
10371 "Location list end address (%s)",
10372 list_head->ll_symbol);
10374 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
10376 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10377 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
10378 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
10380 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
10383 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10384 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10385 list_head->ll_symbol);
10386 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
10387 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10388 list_head->ll_symbol);
10391 /* Output a type signature. */
10394 output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name)
10398 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10399 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10402 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10403 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10406 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
10410 unsigned long size;
10413 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10414 them to point to. */
10415 if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol)
10416 output_die_symbol (die);
10418 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
10419 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
10420 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
10422 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
10424 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
10426 switch (AT_class (a))
10428 case dw_val_class_addr:
10429 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
10432 case dw_val_class_offset:
10433 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
10437 case dw_val_class_range_list:
10439 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
10441 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
10442 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
10443 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
10444 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
10449 case dw_val_class_loc:
10450 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
10452 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10453 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
10455 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
10458 case dw_val_class_const:
10459 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10460 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10461 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10462 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
10465 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
10466 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
10467 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
10470 case dw_val_class_const_double:
10472 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
10474 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64)
10475 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10476 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10477 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10480 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10482 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10483 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10487 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low;
10488 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high;
10491 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10493 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
10498 case dw_val_class_vec:
10500 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
10501 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
10505 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size),
10506 len * elt_size, "%s", name);
10507 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10512 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
10514 i++, p += elt_size)
10515 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
10516 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
10520 case dw_val_class_flag:
10521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
10524 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
10526 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
10529 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
10534 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
10535 if (AT_ref_external (a))
10537 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
10539 comdat_type_node_ref type_node =
10540 AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node;
10542 gcc_assert (type_node);
10543 output_signature (type_node->signature, name);
10547 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol;
10551 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
10552 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
10554 if (dwarf_version == 2)
10555 size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
10557 size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
10558 dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s",
10564 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
10565 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
10570 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
10574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
10575 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
10576 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
10581 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
10582 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
10585 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
10586 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10587 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
10590 case dw_val_class_macptr:
10591 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
10592 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
10595 case dw_val_class_str:
10596 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
10597 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10598 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
10600 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
10602 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
10605 case dw_val_class_file:
10607 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
10609 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
10610 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
10614 case dw_val_class_data8:
10618 for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
10619 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i],
10620 i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name);
10625 gcc_unreachable ();
10629 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
10631 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
10632 if (die->die_child != NULL)
10633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
10634 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
10637 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
10638 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
10641 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
10643 int ver = dwarf_version;
10645 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
10646 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
10647 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
10650 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10651 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10652 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10653 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
10654 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
10655 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
10656 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number");
10657 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
10658 debug_abbrev_section,
10659 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
10660 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
10663 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
10666 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
10668 const char *secname;
10669 char *oldsym, *tmp;
10671 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
10672 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
10675 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
10676 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
10677 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
10678 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
10679 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10682 build_abbrev_table (die);
10684 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10685 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10686 calc_die_sizes (die);
10688 oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol;
10691 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24);
10693 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
10695 die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL;
10696 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10699 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
10701 /* Output debugging information. */
10702 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10705 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
10706 output_pubnames. */
10710 die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym;
10714 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
10717 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node)
10719 const char *secname;
10722 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10726 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
10727 mark_dies (node->root_die);
10729 build_abbrev_table (node->root_die);
10731 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
10732 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
10733 calc_die_sizes (node->root_die);
10735 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
10736 secname = ".debug_types";
10737 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10738 sprintf (tmp, "wt.");
10739 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10740 sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10741 comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp);
10742 targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname,
10743 SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE,
10746 tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2);
10747 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
10748 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++)
10749 sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff);
10751 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
10754 /* Output debugging information. */
10755 output_compilation_unit_header ();
10756 output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature");
10757 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset,
10758 "Offset to Type DIE");
10759 output_die (node->root_die);
10761 unmark_dies (node->root_die);
10764 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
10766 static const char *
10767 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
10769 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
10772 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
10775 add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die)
10780 e.name = xstrdup (str);
10781 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
10785 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10787 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10789 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10791 add_pubname_string (name, die);
10795 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
10798 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10803 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10804 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
10805 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
10810 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
10812 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10813 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
10814 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
10815 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
10816 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
10818 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
10823 e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1);
10825 e.name = xstrdup (e.name);
10828 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
10829 it to the table. */
10830 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
10831 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
10835 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
10836 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
10839 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
10842 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
10845 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10846 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10847 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10848 if (names == pubname_table)
10849 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10850 "Length of Public Names Info");
10852 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
10853 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
10854 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10855 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10856 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10857 debug_info_section,
10858 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10859 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
10860 "Compilation Unit Length");
10862 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
10864 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10865 if (names == pubname_table)
10866 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
10868 if (names != pubtype_table
10869 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
10870 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
10872 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
10875 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
10879 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10882 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
10885 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
10887 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10890 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
10892 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
10893 arange_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, arange_table,
10894 arange_table_allocated);
10895 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
10896 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
10899 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
10902 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
10903 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
10904 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
10907 output_aranges (void)
10910 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
10912 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
10913 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
10914 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
10915 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
10916 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
10917 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
10918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
10919 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
10920 debug_info_section,
10921 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
10922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
10923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
10925 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
10926 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
10928 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
10930 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
10931 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
10932 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
10933 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
10936 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
10937 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
10938 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
10939 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
10940 confused with the terminator. */
10941 if (text_section_used)
10943 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
10944 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
10945 text_section_label, "Length");
10947 if (cold_text_section_used)
10949 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
10951 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
10952 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
10955 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
10957 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
10959 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
10960 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
10962 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10964 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
10966 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
10967 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
10971 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
10972 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
10973 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
10974 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
10975 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10977 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
10980 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
10982 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10983 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
10984 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
10985 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
10990 /* Output the terminator words. */
10991 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10992 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
10995 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
10998 static unsigned int
10999 add_ranges_num (int num)
11001 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
11003 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
11005 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11006 ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table,
11007 ranges_table_allocated);
11008 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
11009 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
11012 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
11013 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
11015 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
11018 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11019 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11021 static unsigned int
11022 add_ranges (const_tree block)
11024 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
11027 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11031 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end,
11034 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
11035 unsigned int offset;
11037 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
11039 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11040 ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct,
11042 ranges_by_label_allocated);
11043 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
11044 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11045 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
11048 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
11049 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
11050 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
11052 offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
11055 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset);
11061 output_ranges (void)
11064 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
11065 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
11067 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
11069 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
11073 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11074 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11076 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
11077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
11079 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11080 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11081 base of the text section. */
11082 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11084 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11085 text_section_label,
11086 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11087 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
11088 text_section_label, NULL);
11091 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11092 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11093 about whether the target supports cross-section
11097 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
11098 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11099 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
11105 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11106 else if (block_num < 0)
11108 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
11110 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
11112 gcc_unreachable ();
11114 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11115 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11116 the #if 0 above. */
11117 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11118 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11119 text_section_label,
11120 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11121 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11122 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11123 text_section_label, NULL);
11128 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11129 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
11130 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
11131 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
11132 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
11138 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11139 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
11145 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11148 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
11149 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
11150 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
11151 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
11152 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
11155 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11159 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
11160 int length; /* Path length. */
11161 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11162 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11163 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11166 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11167 the directories in the path. */
11170 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
11172 const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1;
11173 const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2;
11174 const unsigned char *cp1;
11175 const unsigned char *cp2;
11177 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11178 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11179 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11180 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11181 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11182 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
11183 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
11185 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
11186 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
11192 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11193 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
11194 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
11195 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
11196 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
11198 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11199 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
11200 return *cp1 - *cp2;
11204 struct file_name_acquire_data
11206 struct file_info *files;
11211 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11214 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
11216 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data;
11217 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
11218 struct file_info *fi;
11221 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
11223 if (! d->emitted_number)
11226 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
11228 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
11230 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11232 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
11235 /* Create a new array entry. */
11237 fi->length = strlen (f);
11240 /* Search for the file name part. */
11241 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
11242 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11244 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
11248 if (f == NULL || f < g)
11254 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
11258 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11259 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11260 slowdowns with many input files. */
11263 output_file_names (void)
11265 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
11267 struct file_info *files;
11268 struct dir_info *dirs;
11276 if (!last_emitted_file)
11278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11279 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11283 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
11285 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11286 files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles);
11287 dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles);
11289 fnad.files = files;
11290 fnad.used_files = 0;
11291 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
11292 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
11293 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
11295 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
11297 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11298 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
11299 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
11300 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
11302 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
11303 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
11306 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
11307 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
11308 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
11309 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
11311 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11312 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
11313 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
11319 /* This is a new directory. */
11320 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
11321 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
11322 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
11323 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
11324 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
11326 /* Search for a prefix. */
11327 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
11328 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
11329 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
11330 && dirs[j].length > 1
11331 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
11332 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
11333 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
11334 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
11339 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11340 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11341 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11342 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11343 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11344 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11345 saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11346 savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs);
11348 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
11349 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
11354 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11355 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11356 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
11357 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
11359 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
11362 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
11364 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11368 k = dirs[j].prefix;
11369 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
11370 k = dirs[k].prefix;
11374 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11375 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11377 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
11378 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
11383 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11385 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
11387 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11388 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
11389 if (savehere[j] > 0)
11391 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11392 saved[j] = savehere[j];
11394 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11395 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
11400 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11401 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
11402 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
11403 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path,
11405 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR,
11406 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
11408 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11410 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11411 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11412 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11413 backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles);
11414 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11415 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
11417 /* Now write all the file names. */
11418 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
11420 int file_idx = backmap[i];
11421 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
11423 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11424 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11426 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11427 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11432 int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path)
11433 + dirs[dir_idx].length
11434 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1;
11435 char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen);
11437 vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver);
11438 snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d",
11439 files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver);
11441 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11442 (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11444 /* Include directory index. */
11445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11447 /* Modification time. */
11448 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11449 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11453 /* File length in bytes. */
11454 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11455 ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0)
11459 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
11460 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
11462 /* Include directory index. */
11463 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
11465 /* Modification time. */
11466 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11468 /* File length in bytes. */
11469 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
11473 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11477 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11478 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11481 output_line_info (void)
11483 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
11484 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11485 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11487 unsigned n_op_args;
11488 unsigned long lt_index;
11489 unsigned long current_line;
11492 unsigned long current_file;
11493 unsigned long function;
11494 int ver = dwarf_version;
11496 /* Don't mark the output as DWARF-4 until we make full use of the
11497 version 4 extensions, and gdb supports them. For now, -gdwarf-4
11498 selects only a few extensions from the DWARF-4 spec. */
11502 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
11503 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
11504 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
11505 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
11507 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11508 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11509 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11510 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
11511 "Length of Source Line Info");
11512 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
11514 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version");
11515 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
11516 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
11518 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
11519 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
11520 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
11521 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
11522 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
11523 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
11524 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
11525 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
11526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
11527 "Minimum Instruction Length");
11529 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
11530 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
11531 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
11532 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
11533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
11534 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
11535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
11536 "Special Opcode Base");
11538 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
11542 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
11543 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
11544 case DW_LNS_set_file:
11545 case DW_LNS_set_column:
11546 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
11554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
11558 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
11559 output_file_names ();
11560 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
11562 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
11563 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
11564 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
11566 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
11567 a series of state machine operations. */
11571 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
11572 strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label);
11574 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
11575 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
11577 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
11580 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
11581 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
11584 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
11585 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
11586 that anything after the last address is this line. */
11587 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11588 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
11592 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
11594 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
11595 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
11596 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
11597 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
11598 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
11599 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
11601 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
11604 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
11605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11606 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11607 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11611 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
11612 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
11613 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11614 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11616 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11619 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11621 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11622 different from the previous line. */
11623 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11625 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11626 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11627 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11630 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11631 that uses the least amount of space. */
11632 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11634 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11635 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11636 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11637 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11638 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
11639 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
11641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11642 "line %lu", current_line);
11645 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
11646 depending on the value being encoded. */
11647 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11648 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11649 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11654 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
11655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11658 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11661 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11662 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11663 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11668 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11670 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
11673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11674 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11680 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
11682 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
11683 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
11686 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
11687 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
11688 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
11689 && line_info->function == function)
11693 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
11694 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
11695 to handle it differently. */
11696 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11698 if (function != line_info->function)
11700 function = line_info->function;
11702 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
11703 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11704 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11705 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11706 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11710 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
11713 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11714 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11715 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11719 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11720 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11722 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11726 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
11728 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
11729 different from the previous line. */
11730 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
11732 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
11733 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
11734 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
11737 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
11738 that uses the least amount of space. */
11739 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
11741 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
11742 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
11743 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
11744 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
11745 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
11746 "line %lu", current_line);
11749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
11750 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
11751 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
11752 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11756 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
11764 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
11765 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
11766 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
11771 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
11772 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
11775 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
11776 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
11777 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
11781 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
11782 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
11783 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
11784 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
11787 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
11788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
11789 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
11790 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
11794 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
11795 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
11798 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
11800 static unsigned long
11801 size_of_dcall_table (void)
11803 unsigned long size;
11806 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11808 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
11809 size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
11811 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
11812 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11814 gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL);
11815 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11816 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11818 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11819 gcc_assert (poc_die);
11820 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11822 size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
11823 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset));
11825 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset);
11831 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11832 identical function have been merged. */
11835 output_dcall_table (void)
11838 unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table ();
11840 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11841 tree last_poc_decl = NULL;
11843 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11844 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11845 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11846 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length,
11847 "Length of Direct Call Table");
11848 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11849 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
11850 debug_info_section,
11851 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11852 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11854 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p); i++)
11856 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
11857 if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl)
11859 dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl);
11860 last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl;
11863 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller");
11864 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset,
11865 "Caller DIE offset");
11868 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11869 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset,
11871 "Callee DIE offset");
11875 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
11877 static unsigned long
11878 size_of_vcall_table (void)
11880 unsigned long size;
11884 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
11887 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
11888 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11889 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot);
11894 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
11895 identical function have been merged. */
11898 output_vcall_table (void)
11901 unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table ();
11903 char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11905 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
11906 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11907 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11908 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length,
11909 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
11910 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
11911 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11913 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p); i++)
11915 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num);
11916 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call");
11917 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot");
11921 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
11922 a DIE that describes the given type.
11924 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
11925 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
11928 base_type_die (tree type)
11930 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
11931 enum dwarf_type encoding;
11933 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
11936 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
11937 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
11938 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE)
11939 type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11941 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11944 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
11946 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11947 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
11949 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
11951 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11952 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
11954 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
11958 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
11960 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
11961 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
11963 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11966 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
11969 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
11970 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
11971 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11972 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
11973 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
11975 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
11978 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
11979 a user defined type for it. */
11981 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
11982 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
11984 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
11988 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
11989 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
11993 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
11994 gcc_unreachable ();
11997 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
11999 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12000 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
12001 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
12003 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
12004 int_size_in_bytes (type));
12005 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
12007 return base_type_result;
12010 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12011 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12014 is_base_type (tree type)
12016 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12022 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
12030 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12031 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12032 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12035 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12042 gcc_unreachable ();
12048 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12049 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12050 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12051 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12052 ERROR_MARK node. */
12054 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12055 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type)
12057 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
12058 return BITS_PER_WORD;
12059 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
12061 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
12062 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
12064 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
12067 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12068 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12071 subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die)
12073 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
12074 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
12076 if (context_die == NULL)
12077 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12079 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
12081 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
12083 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12084 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12085 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
12089 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low);
12091 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high);
12093 return subrange_die;
12096 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12097 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12100 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
12101 dw_die_ref context_die)
12103 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
12104 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
12105 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
12106 tree item_type = NULL;
12107 tree qualified_type;
12108 tree name, low, high;
12110 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
12113 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12116 = get_qualified_type (type,
12117 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
12118 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
12120 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12121 if (qualified_type)
12123 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12125 return mod_type_die;
12128 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
12130 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12131 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
12133 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
12135 if (qualified_type == dtype)
12137 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12138 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
12139 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
12141 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12142 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12143 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
12144 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
12145 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
12146 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12147 type to which it refers. */
12148 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
12149 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
12151 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12156 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12157 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
12159 else if (is_volatile_type)
12161 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12162 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
12164 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
12166 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12167 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12168 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12169 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12170 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12171 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12172 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12174 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
12176 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
12177 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
12178 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
12179 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12180 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)))
12181 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class,
12182 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type));
12184 else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE
12185 && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE
12186 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high))
12188 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die);
12189 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12191 else if (is_base_type (type))
12192 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
12195 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12197 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12198 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12199 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12200 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12201 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12203 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12204 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
12206 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12207 not the main variant. */
12208 return lookup_type_die (type);
12211 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12212 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12213 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12214 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12215 if the base type already has the same name. */
12217 && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL
12218 && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)
12219 || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type)))
12220 || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL
12221 && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type
12222 && DECL_NAME (name))))
12224 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
12225 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12226 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12227 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12228 name = DECL_NAME (name);
12229 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
12232 if (qualified_type)
12233 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
12236 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12237 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12238 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12239 types are possible in Ada. */
12240 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
12241 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
12242 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
12245 if (sub_die != NULL)
12246 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
12248 return mod_type_die;
12251 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12252 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12253 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12256 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t)
12260 dw_die_ref die = NULL;
12262 if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t)))
12266 die = lookup_type_die (t);
12267 else if (DECL_P (t))
12268 die = lookup_decl_die (t);
12272 parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t);
12274 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12275 or function. End of story. */
12278 parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms);
12279 args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t);
12280 for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++)
12282 tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems;
12284 parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i);
12285 arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i);
12286 arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg);
12287 gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg);
12289 if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg)
12291 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12292 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12293 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12294 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12295 an argument pack. */
12296 if (arg_pack_elems)
12297 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm),
12301 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg,
12302 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die);
12307 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12308 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12309 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12310 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12311 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12313 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12314 as a child node. */
12317 generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg,
12319 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12321 dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL;
12322 const char *name = NULL;
12324 if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg)
12327 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12328 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12329 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12331 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12332 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12333 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm);
12334 else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL)
12335 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12336 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm);
12337 else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12338 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12339 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12340 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12341 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12342 name of the template template argument. */
12343 tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param,
12346 gcc_unreachable ();
12352 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12353 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12354 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12355 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12359 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm));
12361 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name);
12364 if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm))
12366 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12367 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12368 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12369 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12370 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12371 tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg);
12372 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0,
12373 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type),
12378 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12379 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12380 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12382 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12383 to the name of the argument. */
12384 name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1);
12386 add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name);
12389 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12390 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12391 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12392 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12394 We must be careful here:
12395 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12396 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12397 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12398 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12399 emitted after cgraph computations.
12400 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12401 after cgraph is ready. */
12402 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg);
12408 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12409 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12410 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12413 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
12414 tree parm_pack_args,
12415 dw_die_ref parent_die)
12420 gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack);
12422 die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack);
12423 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack);
12424 for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++)
12425 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack,
12426 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j),
12427 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12432 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12433 an enumerated type. */
12436 type_is_enum (const_tree type)
12438 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
12441 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12443 static unsigned int
12444 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl)
12446 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
12448 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
12450 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12451 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12453 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
12454 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12455 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12459 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
12462 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
12463 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
12464 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
12467 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
12469 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
12471 if (*list_head != NULL)
12473 /* Find the end of the chain. */
12474 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
12477 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
12478 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
12482 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
12483 zero if there is none. */
12485 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12486 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
12490 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12493 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
12495 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
12496 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
12498 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
12501 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
12502 a given hard register number. */
12504 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12505 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
12507 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
12511 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0);
12513 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
12515 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12516 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12518 return reg_loc_descr;
12521 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
12522 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
12524 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12525 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
12526 enum var_init_status initialized)
12528 int nregs, size, i;
12530 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12533 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12534 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
12536 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
12537 if (leaf_reg != -1)
12538 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
12541 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
12542 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
12544 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
12545 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
12547 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
12552 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12554 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
12555 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12556 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12557 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12563 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
12565 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
12567 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12570 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
12572 dw_loc_descr_ref t;
12574 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
12575 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12576 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
12577 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
12578 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
12581 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12582 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12586 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
12588 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
12590 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
12592 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12593 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12595 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12597 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
12598 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
12602 op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i);
12603 else if (i <= 0xff)
12604 op = DW_OP_const1u;
12605 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12606 op = DW_OP_const2u;
12607 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12608 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12609 op = DW_OP_const4u;
12616 op = DW_OP_const1s;
12617 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12618 op = DW_OP_const2s;
12619 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12620 || i >= -0x80000000)
12621 op = DW_OP_const4s;
12626 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
12630 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
12631 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
12632 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
12634 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12635 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i)
12638 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
12640 if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
12647 else if (i <= 0xff)
12649 else if (i <= 0xffff)
12651 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12652 || i <= 0xffffffff)
12655 litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i);
12661 else if (i >= -0x8000)
12663 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
12664 || i >= -0x80000000)
12667 litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i);
12669 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
12670 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
12671 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
12672 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
12673 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
12674 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size)
12676 loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i);
12677 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
12678 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
12682 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
12684 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
12685 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i;
12689 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
12691 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12692 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
12693 enum var_init_status initialized)
12695 unsigned int regno;
12696 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
12697 dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde ();
12699 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
12700 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
12701 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
12702 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
12703 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12705 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
12709 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
12711 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
12712 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
12714 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
12715 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12716 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
12717 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
12718 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
12719 : stack_pointer_rtx));
12721 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
12722 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
12723 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
12724 access stack variables. */
12725 if (crtl->stack_realign_tried
12726 && reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
12729 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM)
12730 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
12731 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
12732 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset);
12735 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
12736 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12740 && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM
12741 && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg)
12742 || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg)))
12744 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
12745 on stack when drap is used to align stack. */
12746 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
12749 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
12751 result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno),
12754 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
12756 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
12757 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
12762 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
12765 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl)
12767 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
12768 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
12769 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
12770 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))));
12773 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
12776 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12777 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem)
12780 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
12782 if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX)
12785 base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem));
12787 || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL
12788 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base))
12791 loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1);
12792 if (loc_result == NULL)
12795 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)))
12796 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem)));
12801 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
12805 expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason)
12807 if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
12809 fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
12811 print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags);
12814 fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
12815 print_rtl (dump_file, rtl);
12817 fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason);
12821 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
12822 or via for_each_rtx. */
12825 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12829 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF)
12832 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
12835 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
12836 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
12837 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
12840 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12841 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
12846 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
12849 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
12850 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
12851 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
12852 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
12853 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
12854 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl))
12856 tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl);
12858 if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl))
12860 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
12861 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
12869 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
12870 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
12871 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
12874 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl)
12876 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF)
12877 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0;
12879 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST)
12880 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0;
12885 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
12886 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
12887 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
12888 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
12890 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
12891 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
12892 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
12893 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
12895 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
12896 autoincrement addressing modes.
12898 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
12899 location list for RTL.
12901 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
12903 static dw_loc_descr_ref
12904 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
12905 enum var_init_status initialized)
12907 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
12908 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
12909 dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1;
12911 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
12912 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
12913 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
12914 zeroth element of the array. */
12916 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
12918 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
12923 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
12926 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
12927 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
12928 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
12929 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
12930 contains the given subreg. */
12931 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl))
12933 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
12934 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
12936 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT)
12938 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized);
12942 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
12943 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
12944 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
12945 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
12946 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
12947 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
12948 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
12949 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
12950 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
12951 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
12952 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
12953 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
12954 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
12955 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12956 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12957 else if (stack_realign_drap
12959 && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl
12960 && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
12962 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
12963 out, use DRAP instead. */
12964 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0,
12965 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12971 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
12972 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12977 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
12978 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
12979 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
12980 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND)
12984 mem_loc_result = op0;
12985 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12986 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
12987 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
12988 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
12993 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
12994 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
12995 if (mem_loc_result == NULL)
12996 mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
12997 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
12999 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13001 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13004 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13005 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
13007 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13008 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size,
13009 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0));
13013 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13014 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13015 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13020 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13022 /* ... fall through ... */
13025 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13026 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13030 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
13031 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE)
13033 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13035 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13036 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
13039 temp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13040 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13041 temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13042 temp->dtprel = true;
13044 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
13045 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp);
13050 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13054 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13055 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13056 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13057 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13063 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl,
13064 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13068 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13069 PLUS code below. */
13070 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13075 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13077 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
13078 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
13079 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
13080 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
13082 /* ... fall through ... */
13086 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
13087 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
13088 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
13089 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13092 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13093 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13094 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
13097 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13098 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13101 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13102 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13103 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13104 if (mem_loc_result2 == 0)
13106 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2);
13107 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13108 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
13113 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13114 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13156 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13157 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13158 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13159 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13161 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13164 mem_loc_result = op0;
13165 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13166 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13170 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13171 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13172 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13173 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13175 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13178 mem_loc_result = op0;
13179 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13180 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13181 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13182 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
13183 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13184 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
13200 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13201 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13206 mem_loc_result = op0;
13207 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13211 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
13239 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13240 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13244 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13246 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13247 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13248 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13251 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13252 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13253 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13254 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13256 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13259 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13260 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13262 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode);
13263 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13264 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13265 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13266 if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne)
13268 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13270 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13271 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13274 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13275 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13277 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13278 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13279 if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13280 && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13281 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13282 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13283 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13284 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0))
13285 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))
13286 && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size
13287 && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13288 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13289 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13290 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)
13291 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13292 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13293 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))))
13296 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13297 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13298 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13299 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift);
13302 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13303 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13309 mem_loc_result = op0;
13310 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13311 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13312 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1)
13314 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13315 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE));
13316 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
13337 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13338 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13342 enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0));
13344 if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
13345 op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13346 if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT)
13349 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13350 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13351 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13352 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13354 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13357 if (op_mode != VOIDmode
13358 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13360 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
13361 dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1;
13363 last0->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13364 last0 = last0->dw_loc_next)
13367 last1->dw_loc_next != NULL;
13368 last1 = last1->dw_loc_next)
13370 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13371 op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask);
13372 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13373 else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13374 || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13375 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13377 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13378 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13380 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13381 op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask);
13382 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13383 else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size
13384 || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int
13385 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode))
13387 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13388 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13393 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13394 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13395 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13396 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13397 op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias
13398 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
13400 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
13410 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT
13411 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13412 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)))
13415 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13416 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13417 op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
13418 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13420 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
13423 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0));
13424 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13425 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
13426 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX)
13428 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13430 HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13431 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13432 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13433 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask));
13434 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0));
13438 HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1;
13439 bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1);
13440 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13441 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0));
13444 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13446 int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13447 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)));
13448 shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT;
13449 add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13450 add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13451 add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift));
13452 add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13455 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN)
13459 mem_loc_result = op0;
13460 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
13461 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13463 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node;
13465 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
13466 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node);
13467 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0));
13468 drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0);
13469 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node);
13470 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
13471 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node;
13477 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13478 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13479 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))
13480 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2))
13481 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)))
13482 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13483 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13486 op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
13487 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13490 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
13494 mem_loc_result = op0;
13495 size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
13496 shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2));
13497 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13498 shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
13500 if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13502 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13503 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13505 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0));
13507 if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
13509 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
13510 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size));
13511 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
13521 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
13522 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
13549 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
13551 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
13554 case FRACT_CONVERT:
13555 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT:
13557 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT:
13568 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
13569 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
13574 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
13578 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13579 print_rtl (stderr, rtl);
13580 gcc_unreachable ();
13586 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13587 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13589 return mem_loc_result;
13592 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
13593 This is typically a complex variable. */
13595 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13596 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
13598 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13599 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
13600 = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13601 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
13602 = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13604 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
13607 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
13608 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
13610 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
13611 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
13613 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13614 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13616 return cc_loc_result;
13619 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
13622 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13623 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
13626 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
13627 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
13629 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
13631 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
13632 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
13634 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
13638 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
13639 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
13642 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
13643 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
13645 return cc_loc_result;
13648 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
13649 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
13650 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
13651 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
13652 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
13654 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
13655 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
13656 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
13658 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
13660 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13661 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
13662 enum var_init_status initialized)
13664 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
13666 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
13669 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13670 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13671 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13672 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13673 contains the given subreg. */
13674 loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), mode, initialized);
13678 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13683 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13687 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
13689 if (loc_result == NULL)
13690 loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl);
13691 if (loc_result == NULL)
13693 rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
13694 if (new_rtl != rtl)
13695 loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized);
13700 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
13705 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
13710 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13712 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), mode,
13717 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
13722 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
13723 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
13724 enum machine_mode mode;
13727 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
13728 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
13729 VOIDmode, initialized);
13730 if (loc_result == NULL)
13732 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
13733 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13734 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
13736 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
13738 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
13739 VOIDmode, initialized);
13742 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
13743 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
13744 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
13750 if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode)
13751 loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode),
13756 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13757 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13759 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13761 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13763 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
13764 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
13765 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
13766 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
13767 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13768 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
13769 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
13771 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
13772 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
13774 insert_float (rtl, array);
13775 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13776 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4;
13777 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4;
13778 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13782 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double;
13783 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.high
13784 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl);
13785 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double.low
13786 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl);
13792 if (mode == VOIDmode)
13793 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
13795 if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13797 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
13798 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
13799 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
13803 gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl));
13804 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
13806 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
13807 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13809 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13810 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
13812 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
13820 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
13821 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
13825 gcc_unreachable ();
13828 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
13829 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
13832 unsigned char *p0 = p;
13833 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
13835 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
13836 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
13841 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
13842 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
13847 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
13848 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
13850 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
13851 insert_float (elt, p);
13856 gcc_unreachable ();
13859 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value,
13860 length * elt_size, 0);
13861 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
13862 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length;
13863 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
13864 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array;
13869 if (mode == VOIDmode
13870 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT
13871 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
13872 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR)
13874 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized);
13879 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
13882 if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13883 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13885 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
13886 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
13887 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
13888 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13889 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
13894 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode
13895 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13896 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
13898 /* Value expression. */
13899 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized);
13901 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
13902 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
13910 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
13911 address ranges where a given location is valid.
13912 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
13913 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
13914 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
13915 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
13917 static const char *
13918 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl)
13920 const char *secname;
13922 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
13924 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
13925 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13927 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13929 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
13930 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
13932 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13933 secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
13935 secname = text_section_label;
13940 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
13943 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl)
13945 return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL
13946 || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
13947 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl));
13950 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
13953 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13954 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address,
13955 enum var_init_status initialized)
13957 int have_address = 0;
13958 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
13959 enum machine_mode mode;
13961 if (want_address != 2)
13963 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION);
13965 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (varloc, 1)) != PARALLEL)
13967 varloc = XEXP (XEXP (varloc, 1), 0);
13968 mode = GET_MODE (varloc);
13969 if (MEM_P (varloc))
13971 rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0);
13972 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized);
13977 rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc);
13979 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized);
13983 descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized);
13990 descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, DECL_MODE (loc), initialized);
13997 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
13998 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14000 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14002 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14003 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14006 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14009 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14010 if (want_address && !have_address)
14012 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14013 "Want address and only have value");
14017 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14018 if (!want_address && have_address)
14020 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14021 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14023 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14025 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14026 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14029 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14032 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14034 add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14040 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14041 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14044 static dw_loc_list_ref
14045 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address)
14047 const char *endname, *secname;
14049 enum var_init_status initialized;
14050 struct var_loc_node *node;
14051 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
14052 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14053 dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL;
14054 dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list;
14056 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14057 actually construct the list of locations.
14058 The first location information is what is passed to the
14059 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14060 locations just get added on to that list.
14061 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14062 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14063 the range [current location start, next location start].
14064 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14065 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14067 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
14069 for (node = loc_list->first; node->next; node = node->next)
14070 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14072 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14073 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14074 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14075 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14076 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14079 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, node->next->label,
14081 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14085 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14086 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14087 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
14089 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
14090 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
14091 descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized);
14094 if (!current_function_decl)
14095 endname = text_end_label;
14098 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
14099 current_function_funcdef_no);
14100 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
14103 *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname);
14104 listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next;
14108 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14109 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14110 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14111 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14112 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14114 if (list && loc_list->first->next)
14120 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14121 as location description. */
14124 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list)
14126 gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol);
14127 return !list->ll_symbol;
14130 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14133 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref)
14135 dw_loc_descr_ref copy;
14136 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref);
14137 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14140 copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14141 memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14142 add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy);
14143 while (copy->dw_loc_next)
14145 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = GGC_CNEW (dw_loc_descr_node);
14146 memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
14147 copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy;
14150 list = list->dw_loc_next;
14154 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14155 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14156 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14157 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14159 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14160 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14161 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14162 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14166 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list)
14175 if (!list->dw_loc_next)
14177 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr);
14180 if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next)
14182 add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr);
14186 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX,
14187 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14188 " location lists.\n");
14193 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14194 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14196 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14197 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc)
14199 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14200 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
14201 enum machine_mode mode;
14203 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
14208 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF);
14210 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14211 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14213 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0))))
14215 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14216 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14219 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14220 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14221 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14224 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14225 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14226 into simple arithmetics. */
14228 static dw_loc_list_ref
14229 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev)
14232 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14233 enum machine_mode mode;
14235 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14236 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14238 obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
14239 &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14240 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14242 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
14244 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access");
14247 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj))
14249 expansion_failed (obj,
14250 NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14253 if (!offset && !bitpos)
14254 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1);
14256 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14257 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14259 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0);
14264 /* Variable offset. */
14265 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14266 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14268 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14271 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14272 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14274 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14276 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14277 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
14279 else if (bytepos < 0)
14280 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14281 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14282 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14288 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
14289 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
14290 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
14291 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
14292 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
14293 to refer to register values). */
14295 static dw_loc_list_ref
14296 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14298 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL;
14299 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL;
14300 int have_address = 0;
14301 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
14303 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
14304 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
14307 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
14310 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK");
14313 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
14314 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
14315 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
14316 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
14317 the names of types. */
14318 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
14322 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR");
14323 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14326 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
14327 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
14328 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
14329 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
14330 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
14331 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
14335 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
14336 e.g. for &this->field. */
14339 list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
14340 (loc, want_address == 2);
14343 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
14344 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14347 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
14348 if (!list_ret && !ret)
14349 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
14353 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
14359 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
14362 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op;
14363 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op;
14364 bool dtprel = false;
14366 if (targetm.have_tls)
14368 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
14370 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
14373 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
14374 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
14376 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc))
14378 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14380 second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address;
14384 if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address
14385 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
14387 loc = emutls_decl (loc);
14388 first_op = DW_OP_addr;
14389 second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address;
14392 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14393 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14398 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14399 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
14402 ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0);
14403 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14404 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14405 ret->dtprel = dtprel;
14407 ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0);
14408 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
14416 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
14417 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
14422 case FUNCTION_DECL:
14425 var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc);
14427 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
14429 list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address);
14430 have_address = want_address != 0;
14433 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
14434 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
14436 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL");
14439 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl))
14441 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
14442 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14443 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
14444 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
14446 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
14448 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING");
14451 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl))
14453 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
14454 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
14455 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
14459 enum machine_mode mode;
14461 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
14462 if (want_address == 2)
14464 ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode,
14465 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14470 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
14473 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
14476 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
14479 expansion_failed (loc, rtl,
14480 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
14486 case ALIGN_INDIRECT_REF:
14487 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF:
14488 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14492 case COMPOUND_EXPR:
14493 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
14496 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
14499 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
14501 case COMPONENT_REF:
14502 case BIT_FIELD_REF:
14504 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
14505 case REALPART_EXPR:
14506 case IMAGPART_EXPR:
14509 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
14510 enum machine_mode mode;
14512 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14514 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
14515 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
14517 gcc_assert (obj != loc);
14519 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj,
14521 && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1);
14522 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
14523 for nonzero bitpos. */
14526 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
14528 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14529 "bitfield access");
14533 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
14535 /* Variable offset. */
14536 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0);
14537 if (list_ret1 == 0)
14539 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14542 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
14545 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
14547 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
14548 else if (bytepos < 0)
14549 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos);
14556 if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0))
14557 && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14559 else if (want_address == 2
14560 && host_integerp (loc, 0)
14561 && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor
14562 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)),
14563 tree_low_cst (loc, 0))))
14565 else if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
14566 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
14569 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14570 "Integer operand is not host integer");
14579 if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc)))
14582 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
14583 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14584 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
14587 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
14588 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
14593 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
14598 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR:
14599 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
14604 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
14605 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
14606 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
14607 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
14608 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14617 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
14618 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR:
14619 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
14620 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
14621 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
14626 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14627 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14628 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14631 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14634 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14635 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0));
14636 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0));
14637 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
14638 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0));
14650 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
14653 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
14655 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
14656 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
14658 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14662 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
14670 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14677 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14684 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14691 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
14706 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14707 list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14708 if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0)
14711 add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1);
14714 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14717 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
14731 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14735 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
14741 const enum tree_code code =
14742 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
14744 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
14745 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
14746 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
14747 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
14750 /* ... fall through ... */
14754 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
14755 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
14756 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
14757 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
14758 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
14760 list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
14761 if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
14764 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
14765 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node);
14767 add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs);
14768 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
14769 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node);
14771 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs);
14772 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14773 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
14775 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
14776 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
14777 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp);
14778 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
14779 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
14783 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
14787 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
14788 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
14789 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
14790 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
14792 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14793 "language specific tree node");
14797 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14798 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
14799 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
14800 gcc_unreachable ();
14802 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
14803 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
14808 if (!ret && !list_ret)
14811 if (want_address == 2 && !have_address
14812 && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict))
14814 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14816 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14817 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14821 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14823 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret,
14824 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
14827 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14828 if (want_address && !have_address)
14830 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14831 "Want address and only have value");
14835 gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret);
14837 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14838 if (!want_address && have_address)
14840 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
14842 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
14844 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14845 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14848 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
14851 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
14854 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14856 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
14859 list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL);
14864 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
14865 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14866 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address)
14868 dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address);
14871 if (ret->dw_loc_next)
14873 expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX,
14874 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
14880 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
14881 which is not less than the value itself. */
14883 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14884 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
14886 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
14889 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
14890 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
14891 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
14892 ERROR_MARK node. */
14895 field_type (const_tree decl)
14899 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14900 return integer_type_node;
14902 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
14903 if (type == NULL_TREE)
14904 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
14909 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
14910 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
14911 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
14913 static inline unsigned
14914 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type)
14916 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14919 static inline unsigned
14920 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl)
14922 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
14925 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
14927 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
14928 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
14930 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
14931 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
14932 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
14933 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
14934 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
14940 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
14943 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
14944 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
14945 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
14946 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
14947 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
14950 static HOST_WIDE_INT
14951 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl)
14953 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
14954 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
14956 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
14959 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
14961 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
14962 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
14963 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
14964 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
14967 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
14969 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
14970 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
14973 tree field_size_tree;
14974 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
14975 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
14976 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
14977 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
14978 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
14980 type = field_type (decl);
14981 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
14982 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
14984 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
14986 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
14987 a flexible array member. */
14988 if (!field_size_tree)
14989 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
14991 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
14992 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
14993 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
14995 field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits;
14997 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
14999 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15000 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15001 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15002 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15003 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15004 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15005 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15006 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15007 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15009 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15011 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15012 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15013 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15014 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15015 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15016 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15017 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15018 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15019 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15020 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15021 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15023 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15024 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15025 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15026 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15027 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15028 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15029 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15030 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15031 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15032 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15035 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15036 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15037 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15038 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15039 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15040 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15041 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15043 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15044 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15045 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
15047 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15048 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15050 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15052 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15054 object_offset_in_bits
15055 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
15057 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
15059 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
15061 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15062 object_offset_in_bits
15063 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
15068 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
15070 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15073 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15074 associated with them. */
15076 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15078 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15079 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15080 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15083 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
15084 dw_loc_list_ref descr)
15088 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr))
15089 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr);
15091 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr);
15094 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15095 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15096 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15097 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15098 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15099 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15102 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15103 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15104 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15105 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15106 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15107 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15108 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15109 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15110 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15111 function below.) */
15114 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
15116 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
15117 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
15119 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
15121 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15122 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
15124 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15125 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15126 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15127 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15129 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15131 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15133 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
15135 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15136 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
15137 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15139 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15140 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15141 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15143 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15144 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
15145 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
15147 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
15148 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15149 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
15150 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15152 /* Extract the offset. */
15153 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
15154 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15156 /* Add it to the object address. */
15157 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
15158 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
15161 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
15164 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
15168 if (dwarf_version > 2)
15170 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15171 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset);
15176 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
15178 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15179 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15180 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15182 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15183 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15184 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15188 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
15191 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
15195 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
15198 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15201 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
15205 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
15211 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15213 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15214 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
15216 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
15222 val |= *--src & 0xff;
15228 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
15231 insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
15233 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
15237 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
15238 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
15240 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
15241 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
15243 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
15248 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
15249 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
15250 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
15251 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
15252 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
15255 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
15257 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
15261 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
15264 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
15266 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
15271 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
15272 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
15273 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
15276 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15278 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
15280 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
15281 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length);
15283 insert_float (rtl, array);
15284 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
15287 add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value,
15288 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
15294 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
15295 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
15296 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
15297 unsigned char *array = GGC_NEWVEC (unsigned char, length * elt_size);
15301 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
15303 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
15304 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15306 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15307 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
15309 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
15317 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
15318 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
15322 gcc_unreachable ();
15325 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
15326 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
15329 unsigned char *p0 = p;
15330 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
15332 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
15333 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
15338 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
15339 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
15344 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
15345 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
15347 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
15348 insert_float (elt, p);
15353 gcc_unreachable ();
15356 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
15361 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15363 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
15364 resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL);
15366 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
15367 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
15368 loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
15369 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0));
15370 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result);
15371 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
15377 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15378 return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0));
15381 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl))
15384 if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)
15389 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
15390 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
15391 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
15392 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
15393 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
15394 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
15395 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
15396 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
15397 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
15398 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
15399 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
15407 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING
15408 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl)
15409 && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode)
15411 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0));
15417 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
15418 gcc_unreachable ();
15423 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
15424 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
15427 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
15428 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
15430 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
15431 *walk_subtrees = 0;
15433 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
15434 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15436 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
15437 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
15438 be conservative. */
15439 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
15440 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
15442 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
15444 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
15448 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
15449 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
15451 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
15452 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
15453 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
15454 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
15455 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp))
15458 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
15464 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
15465 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
15468 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
15470 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
15472 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
15473 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
15474 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15476 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15477 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
15478 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15480 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
15482 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
15483 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
15484 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
15485 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
15486 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
15488 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
15489 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
15490 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl);
15491 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1;
15494 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
15496 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
15498 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
15499 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
15500 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
15502 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
15503 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
15504 reference variables which won't be output. */
15505 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
15506 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
15508 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
15510 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
15511 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15516 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
15518 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
15519 bool constant_p = true;
15521 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
15523 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
15524 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
15525 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
15526 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
15527 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
15529 constant_p = false;
15535 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
15545 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
15547 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
15548 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
15554 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
15557 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
15561 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
15562 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
15563 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
15565 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
15566 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
15567 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
15568 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
15569 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
15570 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
15571 referenced within the function.
15573 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
15574 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
15575 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
15576 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
15578 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
15579 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
15580 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
15581 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
15582 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
15583 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
15585 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
15586 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
15587 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
15588 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
15589 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
15590 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
15591 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
15592 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
15593 output at debug-time.
15595 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
15596 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
15597 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
15598 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15599 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
15600 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
15601 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
15602 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
15603 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
15604 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
15605 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
15606 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
15607 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
15609 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
15610 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
15611 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
15612 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
15613 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
15614 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
15615 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
15616 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
15617 I'd like to fix it.
15619 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
15620 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
15621 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
15622 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
15623 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
15624 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
15625 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
15626 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
15627 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
15628 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
15629 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
15631 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
15632 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
15634 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
15635 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
15636 fixed registers. */
15637 if (! reload_completed)
15640 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
15642 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
15644 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15645 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
15647 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15652 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
15654 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
15656 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
15657 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
15658 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
15659 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
15661 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
15662 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
15663 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
15664 if (dmode == pmode)
15665 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15666 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
15667 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15668 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15670 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
15673 else if (MEM_P (inc))
15675 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15676 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
15677 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
15678 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
15685 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
15686 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
15687 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
15688 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
15689 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
15690 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
15692 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
15693 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
15694 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15695 /* Not passed in memory. */
15696 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
15697 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
15698 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
15699 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15700 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
15701 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
15702 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
15705 /* Big endian correction check. */
15706 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
15707 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
15708 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
15711 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
15712 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
15714 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15715 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
15718 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15721 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
15722 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
15724 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
15725 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
15727 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
15728 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
15729 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
15730 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
15731 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
15732 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
15734 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
15735 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
15738 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
15739 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
15740 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
15741 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
15742 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
15745 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
15747 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
15748 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
15749 code, and thus is not emitted. */
15751 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
15753 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
15754 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
15756 if (rtl == NULL_RTX
15757 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
15758 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
15759 && TREE_STATIC (decl)
15760 && DECL_NAME (decl)
15761 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl)
15762 && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode)
15764 rtl = DECL_RTL (decl);
15765 /* Reset DECL_RTL back, as various parts of the compiler expects
15766 DECL_RTL set meaning it is actually going to be output. */
15767 SET_DECL_RTL (decl, NULL);
15769 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
15770 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl)
15777 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
15778 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
15779 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
15782 fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value)
15784 tree val_expr, cvar;
15785 enum machine_mode mode;
15786 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
15788 int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0;
15790 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
15791 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
15792 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
15793 be handled as such. */
15794 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
15795 || !TREE_STATIC (decl)
15796 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl)
15800 val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl);
15801 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF)
15804 cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset,
15805 &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true);
15807 if (cvar == NULL_TREE
15808 || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL
15809 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar)
15810 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar))
15814 if (offset != NULL)
15816 if (!host_integerp (offset, 0))
15818 *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0);
15821 *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
15826 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
15827 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
15828 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
15829 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
15830 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
15831 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
15832 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
15833 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
15834 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
15835 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
15838 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
15839 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
15842 dw_loc_list_ref list;
15843 var_loc_list *loc_list;
15845 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
15848 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
15849 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
15851 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
15854 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
15855 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15856 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15859 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
15860 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
15861 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
15862 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
15865 && loc_list->first == loc_list->last
15866 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->var_loc_note)
15867 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->var_loc_note))
15869 struct var_loc_node *node;
15871 node = loc_list->first;
15872 rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note);
15873 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != PARALLEL)
15874 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
15875 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
15876 && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl))
15879 list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2);
15882 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list);
15885 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
15886 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
15887 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl);
15890 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
15893 defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die)
15895 deferred_locations entry;
15896 entry.variable = variable;
15898 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry);
15901 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
15902 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
15905 native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size)
15909 if (init == NULL_TREE)
15913 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
15916 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15917 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15919 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
15920 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
15922 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1)
15924 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15926 if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))
15928 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init),
15929 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15930 memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init),
15931 '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init));
15934 memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size);
15939 type = TREE_TYPE (init);
15940 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
15942 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
15944 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index;
15945 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15946 int curpos = 0, fieldsize;
15947 constructor_elt *ce;
15949 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE
15950 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0))
15953 fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type));
15954 if (fieldsize <= 0)
15957 min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0);
15958 memset (array, '\0', size);
15960 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
15963 tree val = ce->value;
15964 tree index = ce->index;
15966 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15967 pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index)
15970 pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize;
15975 if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
15978 curpos = pos + fieldsize;
15979 if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR)
15981 int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0)
15982 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0);
15986 memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize);
15987 curpos += fieldsize;
15990 gcc_assert (curpos <= size);
15994 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
15995 || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
15997 tree field = NULL_TREE;
15998 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
15999 constructor_elt *ce;
16001 if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size)
16004 if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
16005 field = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
16008 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce);
16009 cnt++, field = field ? TREE_CHAIN (field) : 0)
16011 tree val = ce->value;
16012 int pos, fieldsize;
16014 if (ce->index != 0)
16020 if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field))
16023 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16024 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))
16025 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field))))
16027 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE
16028 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0))
16030 fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0);
16031 pos = int_byte_position (field);
16032 gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size);
16034 && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize))
16040 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16041 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
16042 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size);
16044 return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size;
16048 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16049 attribute is the const value T. */
16052 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t)
16055 tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
16058 if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node)
16062 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init));
16064 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
16066 return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
16067 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16068 else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8
16069 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type))
16071 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init));
16072 if (size > 0 && (int) size == size)
16074 unsigned char *array = GGC_CNEWVEC (unsigned char, size);
16076 if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size))
16078 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array);
16086 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16087 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16088 variable with static storage duration
16089 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16092 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
16096 || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL
16097 && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL))
16100 if (TREE_READONLY (decl)
16101 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl)
16102 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
16107 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16108 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value))
16111 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl));
16114 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16115 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16116 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16117 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16120 static dw_loc_list_ref
16121 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16124 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
16126 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
16127 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
16128 dw_cfa_location remember;
16130 fde = current_fde ();
16131 gcc_assert (fde != NULL);
16133 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
16137 memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa));
16138 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
16139 remember = next_cfa;
16141 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
16143 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16144 advance opcodes. */
16145 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16146 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16148 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16149 last_label = start_label;
16151 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
16152 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
16154 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
16155 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
16156 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
16157 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
16158 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16160 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16161 start_label, last_label, section);
16163 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16164 last_cfa = next_cfa;
16165 start_label = last_label;
16167 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
16170 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
16171 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16172 gcc_unreachable ();
16175 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember);
16179 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
16181 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
16182 start_label, last_label, section);
16183 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
16184 start_label = last_label;
16187 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
16188 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section);
16190 if (list && list->dw_loc_next)
16196 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16197 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16198 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16199 before the latter is negated. */
16202 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
16206 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16207 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
16208 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16210 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
16211 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
16214 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
16215 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
16217 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
16218 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
16221 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16222 && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16223 || elim == stack_pointer_rtx))
16224 || elim == (frame_pointer_needed
16225 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16226 : stack_pointer_rtx));
16228 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
16231 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16232 the value of the attribute. */
16235 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
16237 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
16239 if (demangle_name_func)
16240 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
16242 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
16246 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16249 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
16251 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
16257 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR)
16261 wdlen = strlen (wd);
16262 wd1 = GGC_NEWVEC (char, wdlen + 2);
16264 wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR;
16265 wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0;
16269 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
16272 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
16273 a representation for that bound. */
16276 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
16278 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
16283 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
16286 unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound));
16288 /* Use the default if possible. */
16289 if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
16290 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
16291 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound))))
16294 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
16295 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
16296 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
16297 else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
16299 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
16300 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1;
16301 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16302 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask);
16304 else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
16305 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0)
16306 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr,
16307 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16309 add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound),
16310 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound));
16315 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
16316 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
16326 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
16327 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
16329 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
16330 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
16331 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
16332 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
16333 later parameter. */
16334 if (decl_die != NULL)
16335 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16338 loc = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0);
16339 add_AT_location_description (subrange_die, bound_attr, loc);
16346 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
16347 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
16349 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
16350 dw_loc_list_ref list;
16352 list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2);
16356 if (current_function_decl == 0)
16357 ctx = comp_unit_die;
16359 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
16361 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
16362 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
16363 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
16364 if (list->dw_loc_next)
16365 add_AT_loc_list (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list);
16367 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list->expr);
16369 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
16375 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
16376 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
16377 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
16378 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
16381 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p)
16383 unsigned dimension_number;
16385 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
16387 for (dimension_number = 0;
16388 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p);
16389 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
16391 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
16393 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0)
16396 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
16397 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
16399 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
16402 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
16403 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
16404 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
16406 /* Define the index type. */
16407 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
16409 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
16410 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
16411 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
16412 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
16413 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
16414 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
16415 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
16418 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
16422 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
16423 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
16425 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
16426 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
16427 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
16429 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
16431 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
16434 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
16435 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
16441 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
16445 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
16450 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
16453 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
16454 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
16457 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
16458 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
16459 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
16460 even for bit-fields. */
16461 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
16464 gcc_unreachable ();
16467 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
16468 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
16469 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
16470 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
16471 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16474 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
16475 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
16476 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
16479 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
16480 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
16481 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
16482 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
16483 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
16484 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
16486 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
16487 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
16488 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
16491 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16493 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
16494 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
16495 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
16496 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
16497 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
16498 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
16500 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16501 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
16503 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
16504 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
16505 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
16506 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
16507 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16510 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
16512 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
16513 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
16514 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
16515 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
16516 below must take account of these differences. */
16517 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
16518 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
16520 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
16522 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
16523 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
16527 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16528 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
16529 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
16531 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
16534 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
16535 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
16538 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16540 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
16541 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
16542 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
16544 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
16545 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
16548 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
16549 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
16552 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
16554 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
16555 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
16556 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
16559 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
16560 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
16563 static inline dw_die_ref
16564 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
16566 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
16568 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
16570 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
16571 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
16572 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
16574 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
16575 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
16579 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
16581 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
16583 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
16586 if (DECL_P (origin))
16587 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
16588 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
16589 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
16591 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
16592 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
16593 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
16594 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
16595 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
16596 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
16597 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
16601 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
16605 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
16608 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
16610 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
16612 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
16614 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
16615 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
16616 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
16617 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
16620 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
16621 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16622 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))
16623 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
16624 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
16628 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
16631 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16633 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
16635 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
16636 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
16639 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
16640 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
16643 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
16647 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
16648 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
16650 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
16652 add_name_attribute (die, name);
16653 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
16654 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
16656 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
16657 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
16658 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
16659 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl))
16662 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
16663 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl))
16665 limbo_die_node *asm_name;
16667 asm_name = GGC_CNEW (limbo_die_node);
16668 asm_name->die = die;
16669 asm_name->created_for = decl;
16670 asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name;
16671 deferred_asm_name = asm_name;
16673 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
16674 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
16675 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
16679 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16680 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16681 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16682 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
16684 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
16685 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16686 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
16691 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
16694 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
16696 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
16699 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
16702 pop_decl_scope (void)
16704 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
16707 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
16708 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
16709 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
16710 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
16711 the current active scope. */
16714 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
16716 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
16717 tree containing_scope;
16720 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
16721 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
16723 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
16725 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
16726 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
16728 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
16731 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16734 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
16735 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
16736 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
16737 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
16738 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
16740 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
16741 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16742 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
16744 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
16745 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
16746 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
16747 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
16748 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
16753 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
16754 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
16756 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
16757 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
16760 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
16763 scope_die = context_die;
16768 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
16771 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16773 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
16774 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
16775 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
16781 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
16784 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16786 return (context_die
16787 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
16788 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type
16789 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type
16790 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
16793 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
16794 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
16797 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
16799 return (class_scope_p (context_die)
16800 || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
16803 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
16804 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
16805 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
16808 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
16809 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
16811 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
16812 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
16814 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
16815 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
16816 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
16817 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
16818 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
16819 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
16820 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
16822 if (code == ERROR_MARK
16823 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
16824 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
16825 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
16826 || code == VOID_TYPE)
16829 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
16830 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
16831 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
16834 if (type_die != NULL)
16835 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
16838 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
16839 function call type. */
16841 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl)
16843 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
16845 value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention)
16846 targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
16848 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
16849 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
16850 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
16851 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
16852 time being, following existing custom. */
16854 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__"))
16855 value = DW_CC_program;
16857 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
16858 is not DW_CC_normal. */
16859 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
16860 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
16863 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
16864 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
16865 was declared without a tag. */
16867 static const char *
16868 type_tag (const_tree type)
16870 const char *name = 0;
16872 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
16876 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
16877 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
16878 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
16880 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
16881 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
16883 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
16884 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16886 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
16887 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
16888 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
16889 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
16890 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
16891 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
16894 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
16895 if (!name && t != 0)
16896 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
16899 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
16902 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
16903 for bit field types. */
16906 member_declared_type (const_tree member)
16908 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
16909 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
16912 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
16913 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
16916 static const char *
16917 decl_start_label (tree decl)
16920 const char *fnname;
16922 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
16923 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
16926 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
16928 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
16933 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
16934 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
16935 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
16938 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
16940 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
16941 dw_die_ref array_die;
16943 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
16944 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
16945 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
16946 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
16947 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
16948 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
16949 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
16950 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
16951 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
16953 bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada ();
16956 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
16957 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
16958 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)
16959 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
16961 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node))
16963 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
16965 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type);
16966 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
16967 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
16968 size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
16970 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16971 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE
16972 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE
16973 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type))))
16975 tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type));
16976 dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2);
16978 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl));
16979 if (loc && size > 0)
16981 add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc);
16982 if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
16983 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
16989 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
16990 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
16991 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
16992 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
16995 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
16996 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
16997 collapse_nested_arrays = false;
17000 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17001 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17002 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17004 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
17006 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17007 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17008 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
17009 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
17012 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17014 && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE
17015 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17016 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type)))
17017 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17020 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17021 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17022 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17023 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17024 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17025 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17026 for multidimensional arrays. */
17027 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
17030 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17031 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17032 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17033 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
17034 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17037 add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays);
17039 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17040 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17041 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
17042 if (collapse_nested_arrays)
17043 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
17045 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ())
17047 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
17050 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17051 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
17054 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17056 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17057 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17060 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17061 descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl)
17063 HOST_WIDE_INT size;
17064 dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2;
17065 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
17067 if (val == base_decl)
17068 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0);
17070 switch (TREE_CODE (val))
17073 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17075 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0);
17077 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17078 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17081 size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val));
17084 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17087 if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
17088 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
17090 add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0));
17092 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
17094 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17095 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1)
17098 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17101 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0));
17107 loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl);
17110 loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl);
17113 add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2);
17114 add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
17136 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr,
17137 tree val, tree base_decl)
17139 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
17141 if (host_integerp (val, 0))
17143 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0));
17147 loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl);
17151 add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc);
17154 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
17155 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
17158 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info,
17159 dw_die_ref context_die)
17161 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
17162 dw_die_ref array_die;
17165 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
17166 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
17167 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
17169 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17171 && info->ndimensions >= 2)
17172 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major);
17174 if (info->data_location)
17175 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location,
17177 if (info->associated)
17178 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated,
17180 if (info->allocated)
17181 add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated,
17184 for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++)
17186 dw_die_ref subrange_die
17187 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL);
17189 if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound)
17191 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
17192 if ((is_c_family () || is_java ())
17193 && integer_zerop (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17195 else if (is_fortran ()
17196 && integer_onep (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound))
17199 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
17200 info->dimen[dim].lower_bound,
17203 if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound)
17204 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
17205 info->dimen[dim].upper_bound,
17207 if (info->dimen[dim].stride)
17208 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride,
17209 info->dimen[dim].stride,
17213 gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die);
17214 add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
17216 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
17217 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
17222 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17224 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17225 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
17227 if (origin != NULL)
17228 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
17231 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
17232 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17233 0, 0, context_die);
17236 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17237 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
17239 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
17243 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
17244 emit full debugging info for them. */
17247 retry_incomplete_types (void)
17251 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
17252 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i),
17253 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
17254 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
17257 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
17259 static enum dwarf_tag
17260 record_type_tag (tree type)
17262 if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record)
17263 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17265 switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type))
17267 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT:
17268 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17270 case RECORD_IS_CLASS:
17271 return DW_TAG_class_type;
17273 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE:
17274 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
17275 return DW_TAG_interface_type;
17276 return DW_TAG_structure_type;
17279 gcc_unreachable ();
17283 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
17284 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
17285 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
17289 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17291 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17293 if (type_die == NULL)
17295 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
17296 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
17297 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
17298 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
17300 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
17303 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17305 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
17306 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
17307 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
17308 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
17312 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
17313 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
17314 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
17315 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
17317 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
17318 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
17319 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
17320 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
17322 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
17323 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17325 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
17326 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
17328 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
17329 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
17331 if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL)
17332 value = DECL_INITIAL (value);
17334 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
17335 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
17336 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
17337 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
17338 values as if they were signed. That means that
17339 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
17340 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
17341 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
17342 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
17346 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17348 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
17349 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
17354 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
17355 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
17358 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
17359 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
17360 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
17361 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
17362 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
17363 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
17364 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
17365 argument type of some subprogram type.
17366 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
17370 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p,
17371 dw_die_ref context_die)
17373 tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin;
17374 dw_die_ref parm_die
17375 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
17377 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin)))
17379 case tcc_declaration:
17381 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
17382 if (origin != NULL)
17383 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
17386 tree type = TREE_TYPE (node);
17388 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
17389 if (decl_by_reference_p (node))
17390 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0,
17393 add_type_attribute (parm_die, type,
17394 TREE_READONLY (node),
17395 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
17397 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
17398 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17401 if (node && node != origin)
17402 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
17403 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin))
17404 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin,
17410 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
17411 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die);
17415 gcc_unreachable ();
17421 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
17422 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
17425 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
17426 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
17427 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17428 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
17429 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
17430 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
17433 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack,
17435 dw_die_ref subr_die,
17439 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die;
17441 gcc_assert (parm_pack
17442 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack)
17445 parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack);
17446 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack);
17448 for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg))
17450 if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg,
17453 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL,
17454 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
17459 return parm_pack_die;
17462 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
17463 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
17466 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17468 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
17471 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
17472 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
17473 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
17474 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
17477 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
17480 tree formal_type = NULL;
17481 tree first_parm_type;
17484 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17486 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
17487 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
17492 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17494 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
17495 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
17496 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
17498 dw_die_ref parm_die;
17500 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
17501 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
17504 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
17505 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL,
17506 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
17508 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
17509 && link == first_parm_type)
17510 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
17511 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17513 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
17515 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
17518 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
17519 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
17520 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
17521 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
17523 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
17524 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
17525 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
17526 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
17527 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
17528 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
17531 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
17532 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
17533 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
17534 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
17535 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
17538 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
17540 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
17542 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
17543 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
17544 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
17545 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
17546 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
17548 dw_die_ref type_die;
17549 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
17551 push_decl_scope (type);
17552 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
17553 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
17554 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
17555 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
17557 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
17558 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
17559 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
17560 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
17561 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
17563 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
17564 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
17568 gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die);
17574 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
17575 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
17578 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
17580 dw_die_ref old_die;
17584 htab_t old_decl_loc_table;
17586 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
17587 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
17589 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17590 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17591 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
17594 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
17595 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
17596 get locations in abstract instantces. */
17597 old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table;
17598 decl_loc_table = NULL;
17600 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
17601 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
17602 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17604 context = decl_class_context (decl);
17606 gen_type_die_for_member
17607 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
17610 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
17611 save_fn = current_function_decl;
17612 current_function_decl = decl;
17613 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl));
17615 was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
17616 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
17617 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
17618 if (! was_abstract)
17619 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
17621 current_function_decl = save_fn;
17622 decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table;
17626 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
17629 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17630 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
17633 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17638 type = (tree) *slot;
17639 die = lookup_type_die (type);
17641 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17645 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
17646 through htab_traverse.
17648 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
17649 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
17650 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
17653 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot,
17654 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
17656 struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry;
17659 entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot;
17660 gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL
17661 && entry->var_decl != NULL);
17662 die = lookup_type_die (entry->type);
17665 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
17666 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
17667 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (entry->var_decl);
17670 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17671 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
17672 while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0)
17673 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
17679 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
17682 premark_used_types (void)
17684 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
17685 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
17688 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
17691 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
17693 if (types_used_by_vars_hash)
17694 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash,
17695 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL);
17698 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
17702 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
17704 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
17705 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
17706 dw_die_ref subr_die;
17709 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
17710 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
17711 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
17713 premark_used_types ();
17715 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
17716 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
17717 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
17718 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
17719 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
17721 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
17722 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
17725 gcc_assert (!old_die);
17728 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
17729 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
17730 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
17731 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
17732 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
17733 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17734 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
17736 if (origin != NULL)
17738 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
17740 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
17741 inline function. */
17742 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
17743 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
17745 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17746 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
17750 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
17751 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
17753 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
17754 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
17755 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
17756 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
17757 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17759 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
17760 something we have already output. */
17764 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
17765 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
17766 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
17767 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
17768 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
17769 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
17770 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
17771 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
17772 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
17773 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
17774 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
17775 == (unsigned) s.line))))
17777 subr_die = old_die;
17779 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
17780 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
17781 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
17782 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
17783 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
17784 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
17785 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
17789 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17790 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
17791 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
17792 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
17793 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
17794 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
17799 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
17801 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
17802 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
17804 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
17805 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17807 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
17808 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
17809 0, 0, context_die);
17812 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
17813 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
17814 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17816 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
17817 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
17818 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
17819 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
17824 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17826 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
17828 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
17829 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
17830 if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl)
17831 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
17832 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1);
17834 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
17835 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
17836 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
17837 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
17839 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
17840 later reused to represent definition. */
17841 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17844 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
17846 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
17848 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17849 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
17851 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
17855 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
17856 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
17858 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
17861 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)
17862 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl)))
17863 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
17865 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17867 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
17869 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
17871 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
17872 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
17874 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
17876 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
17877 current_function_funcdef_no);
17878 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
17879 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
17880 current_function_funcdef_no);
17881 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
17883 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17884 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17887 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
17888 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
17889 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
17891 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
17892 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
17893 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
17894 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
17896 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
17897 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17898 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
17902 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17903 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
17904 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
17907 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
17909 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
17910 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
17911 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
17912 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
17913 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
17914 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
17915 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
17917 if (dwarf_version >= 3)
17919 dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0);
17920 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op);
17924 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
17925 if (list->dw_loc_next)
17926 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
17928 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
17931 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
17932 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
17933 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
17934 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
17935 by this displacement. */
17936 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
17938 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
17939 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
17940 loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2));
17943 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
17944 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17945 gen_generic_params_dies (decl);
17947 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
17948 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
17949 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
17950 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
17951 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
17952 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
17953 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
17954 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
17955 an ellipsis at the end. */
17957 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
17958 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
17959 its formal parameters. */
17960 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
17962 else if (declaration)
17963 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
17966 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
17967 tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
17968 tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl);
17969 tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl
17970 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl)
17973 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
17974 emit their relevant DIEs.
17976 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
17977 as well as it being a normal function.
17979 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
17980 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
17981 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
17982 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
17983 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
17984 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
17985 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
17986 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
17987 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
17990 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
17991 while (generic_decl_parm || parm)
17993 if (generic_decl_parm
17994 && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm))
17995 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm,
18000 gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die);
18001 parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm);
18004 if (generic_decl_parm)
18005 generic_decl_parm = TREE_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm);
18008 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18009 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18010 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18011 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18012 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18013 parameters at all. */
18014 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
18015 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
18017 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18018 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
18019 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18021 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
18022 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
18025 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18026 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18027 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
18029 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18030 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18031 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18032 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18033 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18034 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18035 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18037 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18038 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18039 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18040 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18041 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18042 constructor function. */
18043 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
18045 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18046 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
18047 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die);
18049 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
18050 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
18052 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18053 if (current_function_has_inlines)
18055 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18056 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
18058 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
18059 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
18064 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18065 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18069 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18072 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x)
18074 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18075 return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent);
18078 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18079 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18082 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
18084 const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x;
18085 const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y;
18086 return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent;
18089 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18090 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18093 gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
18097 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
18098 dw_die_ref var_die;
18099 dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL;
18100 dw_die_ref origin_die;
18101 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin)
18102 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
18105 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18107 com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off);
18109 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
18110 of a data member. */
18113 dw_die_ref com_die;
18114 dw_loc_list_ref loc;
18115 die_node com_die_arg;
18117 var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
18120 if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)
18122 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2);
18127 /* Optimize the common case. */
18128 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18129 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18130 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18131 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr)
18133 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18134 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18136 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18138 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18139 remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18145 if (common_block_die_table == NULL)
18146 common_block_die_table
18147 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash,
18148 common_block_die_table_eq, NULL);
18150 com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18151 com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die;
18152 com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg);
18153 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18154 if (com_die == NULL)
18157 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl));
18160 com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl);
18161 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl);
18164 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18165 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
18166 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
18167 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18169 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18170 add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18171 add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */
18172 com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl);
18173 slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT);
18174 *slot = (void *) com_die;
18176 else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc)
18178 add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18179 loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2);
18180 remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18182 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl);
18183 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18184 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
18185 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18186 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18191 /* Optimize the common case. */
18192 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc)
18193 && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
18194 && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL
18195 && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
18196 loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr
18197 = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off);
18199 loc_list_plus_const (loc, off);
18201 add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
18203 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
18204 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18205 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18209 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
18210 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
18211 DIE for it again. */
18216 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
18217 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
18218 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
18219 if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
18220 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18222 var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
18225 if (origin != NULL)
18226 origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
18228 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
18229 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
18231 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
18232 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
18235 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
18237 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
18238 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
18239 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
18241 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
18242 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
18244 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
18245 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
18246 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
18248 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
18249 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
18251 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
18252 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
18254 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
18255 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
18260 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18262 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
18263 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl))
18264 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18266 add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18267 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18269 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18270 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18272 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18273 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18275 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18276 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18277 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18278 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18282 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18284 if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration))
18285 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
18288 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin)
18289 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
18290 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
18292 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL
18293 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18294 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin)))
18295 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
18296 to add it again. */
18297 && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL))
18299 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin)
18300 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin)))
18301 defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18303 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die,
18306 add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die);
18309 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin);
18312 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
18315 gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18317 dw_die_ref const_die;
18318 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18320 const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl);
18321 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl);
18322 add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die);
18323 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
18324 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
18325 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18326 add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18327 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl);
18330 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
18333 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18335 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18336 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
18338 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18340 if (origin != NULL)
18341 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
18343 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
18345 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18346 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
18349 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
18351 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
18352 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
18353 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
18357 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
18359 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
18360 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
18361 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
18362 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
18363 it if it ever does happen. */
18364 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
18366 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
18367 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18372 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
18373 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
18374 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
18377 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18379 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
18381 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18383 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
18384 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
18389 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
18390 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
18393 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
18395 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
18397 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt)
18398 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18402 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt))
18404 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18405 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18406 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
18409 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
18411 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
18414 add_ranges (chain);
18415 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
18422 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
18423 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18424 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
18425 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
18426 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
18427 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
18431 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
18434 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18436 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
18438 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18439 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
18441 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
18444 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
18447 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
18451 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
18453 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt));
18455 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
18457 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
18458 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
18459 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
18460 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
18461 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
18463 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
18465 dw_die_ref subr_die
18466 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
18468 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
18469 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt))
18470 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18471 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
18473 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
18474 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
18478 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
18481 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18483 dw_die_ref decl_die;
18485 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
18488 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
18489 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
18490 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
18491 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
18494 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
18496 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18497 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18498 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18501 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
18502 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
18504 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
18505 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
18507 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
18508 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18509 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
18510 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
18512 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
18513 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
18517 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18518 Use modified_type_die instead.
18519 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18520 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18523 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18526 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18528 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18529 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18530 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18533 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
18534 Use modified_type_die instead.
18535 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
18536 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
18539 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18542 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18544 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
18545 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18546 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
18550 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
18553 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18556 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
18557 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18559 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
18560 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18561 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
18562 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
18565 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
18568 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
18571 char producer[250];
18572 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
18575 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
18579 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
18580 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
18581 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
18582 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
18585 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
18587 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18588 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
18589 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
18590 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
18591 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
18592 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
18593 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
18594 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
18595 strcat (producer, " -g");
18598 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
18600 language = DW_LANG_C89;
18601 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
18602 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
18603 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
18604 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
18605 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
18606 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
18607 else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
18609 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
18610 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
18611 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
18612 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
18613 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
18614 language = DW_LANG_Java;
18615 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
18616 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
18617 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
18618 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
18621 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
18625 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
18628 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
18630 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
18632 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
18633 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
18635 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
18636 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
18638 if (access == access_public_node)
18639 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
18640 else if (access == access_protected_node)
18641 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
18644 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
18647 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18650 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
18653 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
18654 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
18655 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
18656 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
18657 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
18658 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
18659 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
18660 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
18661 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
18662 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
18663 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
18665 /* First output info about the base classes. */
18668 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
18672 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
18673 gen_inheritance_die (base,
18674 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
18675 : access_public_node), context_die);
18678 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
18679 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18681 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
18682 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
18683 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
18684 do put them in the right order. */
18686 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18688 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18690 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18693 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
18694 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
18696 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
18697 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
18700 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
18702 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
18704 gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die);
18708 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
18709 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
18710 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
18713 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18714 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18716 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
18717 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
18719 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
18720 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18721 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
18722 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
18723 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
18725 if (type_die && ! complete)
18728 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
18729 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18730 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
18733 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
18735 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
18736 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
18738 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
18740 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
18741 ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type,
18743 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
18745 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
18747 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
18750 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
18752 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18753 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
18754 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type))
18755 gen_generic_params_dies (type);
18757 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
18758 then give a list of members. */
18759 if (complete && !ns_decl)
18761 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
18762 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
18763 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18764 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
18765 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
18766 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
18768 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18769 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18770 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
18771 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
18773 push_decl_scope (type);
18774 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
18777 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
18778 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
18780 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
18782 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
18783 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
18784 lookup_type_die (vtype));
18789 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
18791 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
18792 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
18793 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
18794 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
18797 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18798 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
18801 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
18804 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
18806 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
18807 dw_die_ref subr_die
18808 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
18809 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
18811 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
18812 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
18813 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
18814 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
18816 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
18817 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
18820 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
18823 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
18825 dw_die_ref type_die;
18828 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
18831 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
18832 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
18833 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
18834 if (origin != NULL)
18835 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
18840 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
18841 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
18843 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
18845 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
18846 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
18849 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
18851 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
18852 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
18855 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
18856 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
18858 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
18859 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
18862 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
18865 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
18866 enum debug_info_usage usage)
18869 struct array_descr_info info;
18871 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
18874 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
18875 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
18876 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
18877 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
18879 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18882 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
18883 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
18885 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
18886 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
18887 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))
18888 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
18889 context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)));
18891 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18892 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die);
18896 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
18897 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)
18898 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info
18899 && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info)
18900 && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
18902 gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die);
18903 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18907 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
18908 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
18909 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
18910 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
18911 cloned type itself). */
18912 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
18913 type = type_main_variant (type);
18915 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18918 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
18924 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
18925 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
18926 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
18927 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
18928 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
18930 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
18932 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
18933 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
18934 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18935 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18939 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
18940 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
18941 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
18942 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18944 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
18945 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18946 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
18948 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
18950 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
18953 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
18954 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18955 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18956 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18957 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18961 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
18962 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
18963 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
18964 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
18968 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18972 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
18975 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
18978 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
18979 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
18980 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
18981 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
18982 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
18983 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
18984 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
18985 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
18986 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
18987 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
18989 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
18991 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
18994 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
18995 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18996 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
18999 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
19000 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL))
19002 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19003 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19004 decls_for_scope. */
19005 context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19010 context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
19014 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
19016 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19017 declare_in_namespace. */
19018 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
19019 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
19022 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
19027 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19028 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19029 when appropriate. */
19035 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
19038 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
19042 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
19046 gcc_unreachable ();
19049 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
19053 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
19055 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
19058 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
19059 things which are local to the given block. */
19062 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19064 int must_output_die = 0;
19067 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
19068 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19071 inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt);
19073 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
19074 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
19075 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
19076 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
19080 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
19081 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
19086 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
19089 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
19090 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
19091 must_output_die = 1;
19094 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
19095 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
19096 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19097 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
19098 as being a "significant" one. */
19099 must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
19100 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt))
19101 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
19102 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19103 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
19104 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt)
19105 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
19106 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19107 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt))
19108 must_output_die = 1;
19111 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
19112 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
19113 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
19114 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
19115 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
19116 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
19117 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
19118 if (must_output_die)
19122 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
19123 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
19124 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
19125 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
19126 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
19127 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
19128 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
19129 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19131 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
19132 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
19133 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
19134 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
19135 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
19136 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19139 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
19142 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
19145 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
19146 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
19148 process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19151 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19152 tree ultimate_origin = origin ? decl_ultimate_origin (origin) : NULL;
19154 if (ultimate_origin)
19155 origin = ultimate_origin;
19157 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL)
19158 die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin);
19159 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL
19160 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin))
19161 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin));
19165 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
19166 add_child_die (context_die, die);
19167 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19168 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin),
19169 stmt, context_die);
19171 gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19174 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
19175 all of its sub-blocks. */
19178 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
19184 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
19185 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
19188 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
19189 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
19190 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
19191 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
19192 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19193 process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die);
19194 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++)
19195 process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i),
19198 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
19199 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19202 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
19203 therein) of this block. */
19204 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
19206 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
19207 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
19210 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
19213 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl)
19215 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
19218 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
19219 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
19220 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
19221 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
19222 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
19223 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
19229 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
19231 static inline dw_die_ref
19232 get_context_die (tree context)
19236 /* Find die that represents this context. */
19237 if (TYPE_P (context))
19238 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context));
19240 return force_decl_die (context);
19242 return comp_unit_die;
19245 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
19248 force_decl_die (tree decl)
19250 dw_die_ref decl_die;
19251 unsigned saved_external_flag;
19252 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
19253 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19256 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19258 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19262 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19264 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19265 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
19266 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
19267 declaration die. */
19268 save_fn = current_function_decl;
19269 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
19270 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19271 current_function_decl = save_fn;
19275 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
19276 gen_decl_die() call. */
19277 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
19278 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
19279 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19280 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
19283 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19284 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19285 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19287 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
19288 decl_die = comp_unit_die;
19292 gcc_unreachable ();
19295 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
19297 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19298 gcc_assert (decl_die);
19304 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
19305 always returned. */
19308 force_type_die (tree type)
19310 dw_die_ref type_die;
19312 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
19315 dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
19317 type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type),
19318 TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die);
19319 gcc_assert (type_die);
19324 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
19325 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
19328 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19330 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
19331 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
19332 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19333 /* Force out the namespace. */
19334 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
19336 return context_die;
19339 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
19340 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
19342 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
19343 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
19346 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
19348 dw_die_ref ns_context;
19350 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19351 return context_die;
19353 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
19354 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
19355 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
19356 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
19357 return context_die;
19359 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
19361 if (ns_context != context_die)
19365 if (DECL_P (thing))
19366 gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context);
19368 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
19370 return context_die;
19373 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
19376 gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
19378 dw_die_ref namespace_die;
19380 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
19381 they are an alias of. */
19382 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
19384 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
19385 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19386 namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran ()
19387 ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace,
19388 context_die, decl);
19389 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
19390 if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19392 const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0);
19394 add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name);
19397 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19398 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
19399 add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
19400 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19404 /* Output a namespace alias. */
19406 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
19407 dw_die_ref origin_die
19408 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19410 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
19411 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19412 context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
19413 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
19414 namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
19415 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
19416 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
19417 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
19421 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
19424 gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die)
19426 tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin;
19427 tree class_origin = NULL;
19429 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin))
19432 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin))
19438 if (!is_fortran ())
19440 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
19441 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
19445 /* Emit its type. */
19446 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19448 /* And its containing namespace. */
19449 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19451 gen_const_die (decl, context_die);
19454 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19455 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
19456 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
19457 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19458 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE
19459 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE
19460 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin)))
19465 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
19466 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
19467 if (current_function_decl != decl)
19468 /* This is only a declaration. */;
19471 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
19472 if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
19473 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin ? origin : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
19475 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
19476 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
19477 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
19478 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
19479 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
19480 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
19481 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
19482 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
19483 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19485 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
19486 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
19489 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
19490 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19492 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
19493 have described its return type. */
19494 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
19496 /* And its virtual context. */
19497 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19498 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
19500 /* And its containing type. */
19502 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
19503 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
19504 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
19506 /* And its containing namespace. */
19507 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
19510 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
19512 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
19516 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19517 actual typedefs. */
19518 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19521 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
19522 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
19523 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
19524 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
19525 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
19526 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
19527 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
19528 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
19529 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
19531 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
19534 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
19535 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
19537 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
19538 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
19542 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
19543 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
19548 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19549 variable declarations or definitions. */
19550 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19553 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
19555 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin))
19556 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19558 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19560 /* And its containing type. */
19561 class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin);
19562 if (class_origin != NULL_TREE)
19563 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die);
19565 /* And its containing namespace. */
19566 context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die);
19568 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
19569 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
19570 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
19573 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
19574 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
19575 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19576 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19579 gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die);
19583 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
19584 anonymous unions and structs. */
19585 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
19586 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
19587 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
19589 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
19590 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
19595 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin))
19596 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die);
19598 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die);
19599 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin,
19600 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
19604 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19605 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19606 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19607 gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die);
19611 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
19612 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
19617 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
19618 compilation proper has finished. */
19621 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
19623 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
19624 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
19625 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
19626 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
19627 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
19628 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19631 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
19632 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
19634 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
19637 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
19640 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19641 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
19642 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
19643 that DECL belongs to.
19644 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
19646 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl,
19648 tree lexical_block,
19649 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die)
19651 expanded_location xloc;
19652 dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL;
19653 dw_die_ref at_import_die;
19655 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL)
19657 xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
19658 decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl);
19662 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
19664 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
19666 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
19667 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19669 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19670 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
19671 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
19672 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
19673 if (!at_import_die)
19675 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL);
19676 gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)));
19677 at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
19678 gcc_assert (at_import_die);
19683 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
19684 if (!at_import_die)
19686 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
19687 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
19688 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
19690 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
19692 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
19693 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
19694 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
19695 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19697 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl,
19698 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)));
19700 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
19704 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
19706 if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)
19707 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module,
19714 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration,
19718 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
19719 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
19721 add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name,
19722 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
19723 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
19726 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
19727 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
19728 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
19729 importing whole module. */
19732 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context,
19735 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
19736 dw_die_ref scope_die;
19738 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19743 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
19744 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
19747 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
19748 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
19750 && TYPE_P (context)
19751 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
19754 if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
19757 scope_die = get_context_die (context);
19761 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child);
19762 gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module);
19763 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL);
19764 scope_die = scope_die->die_child;
19767 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
19768 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die);
19772 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
19775 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
19777 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
19779 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
19784 case FUNCTION_DECL:
19785 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
19786 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
19787 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
19788 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
19789 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
19790 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
19791 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
19792 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
19793 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
19794 with the definition of the function.
19796 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
19797 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
19798 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
19799 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
19800 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
19801 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
19802 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
19803 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
19804 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
19805 that they *are* definitions).
19807 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
19808 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
19809 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
19810 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
19811 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
19812 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
19815 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
19816 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
19817 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
19818 if (decl_function_context (decl)
19819 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
19820 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19821 context_die = NULL;
19825 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
19826 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
19827 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
19828 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
19829 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
19830 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
19831 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
19832 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
19833 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
19836 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
19837 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19838 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19840 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
19841 variable declarations or definitions. */
19842 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19847 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19849 if (!is_fortran ())
19851 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
19852 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
19855 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
19856 case IMPORTED_DECL:
19857 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19859 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
19864 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
19865 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
19868 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
19869 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
19870 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
19872 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
19873 comparisons have. */
19875 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
19876 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
19877 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
19882 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
19883 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
19886 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
19887 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
19888 if (decl_function_context (decl))
19889 context_die = NULL;
19897 gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die);
19900 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
19901 a lexical block. */
19904 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
19905 unsigned int blocknum)
19907 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19908 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
19911 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
19915 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
19917 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
19918 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
19921 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
19922 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
19924 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
19925 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
19926 we may end up calling them anyway. */
19929 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block)
19934 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
19935 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19936 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19938 for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++)
19940 decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i);
19941 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
19942 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
19949 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
19952 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
19954 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 =
19955 (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p;
19956 const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p;
19957 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
19961 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
19963 const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p;
19964 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
19967 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
19968 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
19969 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
19970 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
19971 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
19972 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
19973 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
19974 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
19975 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
19978 static struct dwarf_file_data *
19979 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
19982 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
19984 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
19985 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
19986 if (file_table_last_lookup
19987 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
19988 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
19989 return file_table_last_lookup;
19991 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
19992 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
19993 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
19995 return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
19997 created = GGC_NEW (struct dwarf_file_data);
19998 created->filename = file_name;
19999 created->emitted_number = 0;
20004 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
20005 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
20006 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
20007 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
20008 types, which may include filenames. */
20011 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
20013 if (! fd->emitted_number)
20015 if (last_emitted_file)
20016 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
20018 fd->emitted_number = 1;
20019 last_emitted_file = fd;
20021 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20023 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
20024 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
20025 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
20026 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20030 return fd->emitted_number;
20033 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
20034 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
20035 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
20038 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg)
20040 die_arg_entry entry;
20045 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20046 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
20047 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32);
20051 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc,
20052 tmpl_value_parm_die_table,
20056 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
20057 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
20058 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
20061 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
20063 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table)
20069 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e);
20071 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg);
20076 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
20079 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name)
20085 die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl);
20089 dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0);
20093 attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name);
20096 struct indirect_string_node *node;
20098 node = find_AT_string (dname);
20099 /* replace the string. */
20100 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
20104 add_name_attribute (die, dname);
20107 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
20108 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
20109 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
20112 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ)
20115 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ);
20117 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
20121 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20122 e.poc_decl = current_function_decl;
20123 e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ);
20124 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e);
20126 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20127 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20130 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
20133 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x)
20135 return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid;
20138 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
20139 insnd_uid of *Y. */
20142 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
20144 return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid
20145 == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid);
20148 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
20151 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid)
20153 struct vcall_insn *item = GGC_NEW (struct vcall_insn);
20154 struct vcall_insn **slot;
20157 item->insn_uid = insn_uid;
20158 item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20159 slot = (struct vcall_insn **)
20160 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item,
20161 (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT);
20165 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
20167 static unsigned int
20168 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid)
20170 struct vcall_insn item;
20171 struct vcall_insn *p;
20173 item.insn_uid = insn_uid;
20174 item.vtable_slot = 0;
20175 p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table,
20177 (hashval_t) insn_uid);
20179 return (unsigned int) -1;
20180 return p->vtable_slot;
20184 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
20185 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
20186 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
20190 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid)
20192 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
20194 tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr);
20195 if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST)
20196 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid);
20200 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
20201 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
20205 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn)
20207 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn));
20209 if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1)
20210 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn));
20213 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
20214 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
20215 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
20216 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
20217 lowering to RTL. */
20220 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid)
20222 unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid);
20225 if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1)
20228 e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++;
20229 e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot;
20230 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e);
20232 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
20233 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num);
20236 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
20237 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
20238 our lookup table. */
20241 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
20243 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2];
20244 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
20246 static const char *last_label;
20247 static const char *last_postcall_label;
20248 static bool last_in_cold_section_p;
20251 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
20254 next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note);
20255 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
20256 don't do anything. */
20257 if (next_real == NULL_RTX)
20260 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
20261 newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note);
20262 if (newloc == NULL)
20265 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
20266 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. */
20267 if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX
20268 || last_var_location_insn != next_real
20269 || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p)
20271 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20272 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
20274 last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20275 last_postcall_label = NULL;
20277 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
20278 newloc->next = NULL;
20280 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note))
20281 newloc->label = last_label;
20284 if (!last_postcall_label)
20286 sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label);
20287 last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
20289 newloc->label = last_postcall_label;
20292 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
20293 newloc->section_label = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label;
20295 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
20297 last_var_location_insn = next_real;
20298 last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p;
20301 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
20302 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
20303 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
20304 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
20307 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
20309 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
20311 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
20312 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
20314 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
20317 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
20318 and record information relating to this source line, in
20319 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
20322 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename,
20323 int discriminator, bool is_stmt)
20325 static bool last_is_stmt = true;
20327 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
20330 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20332 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20334 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
20335 if (flag_debug_asm)
20336 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
20339 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
20341 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
20342 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line);
20343 if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt)
20345 fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0);
20346 last_is_stmt = is_stmt;
20348 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0)
20349 fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator);
20350 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
20352 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
20353 line_info_table_in_use++;
20355 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
20357 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
20358 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
20359 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20360 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
20362 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20363 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
20364 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
20366 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20367 separate_line_info_table
20368 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry,
20369 separate_line_info_table,
20370 separate_line_info_table_allocated);
20371 memset (separate_line_info_table
20372 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
20374 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
20375 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
20378 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20380 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
20381 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20382 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20383 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
20387 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
20389 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
20390 line_info_table_in_use);
20392 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
20393 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
20395 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20397 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table,
20398 line_info_table_allocated);
20399 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
20400 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
20403 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
20404 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
20405 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
20406 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
20411 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
20414 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
20416 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20418 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
20419 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
20421 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20422 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
20425 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20427 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
20429 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20430 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
20431 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
20434 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
20438 /* Record the end of a source file. */
20441 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20443 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
20444 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
20445 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
20447 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20449 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20450 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
20454 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20455 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20456 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20459 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20460 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20462 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20464 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20465 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
20466 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20467 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20471 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
20472 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
20473 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
20476 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
20477 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20479 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20481 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20482 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
20483 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
20484 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
20488 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
20491 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20493 /* Allocate the file_table. */
20494 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
20495 file_table_eq, NULL);
20497 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
20498 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
20499 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
20501 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
20502 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
20503 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
20505 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
20506 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
20508 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
20509 abbrev_die_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_die_ref, ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20510 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20511 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20512 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
20514 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
20515 line_info_table = GGC_CNEWVEC (dw_line_info_entry, LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT);
20516 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
20518 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
20519 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
20521 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
20522 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20523 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
20525 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
20526 vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash,
20527 vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL);
20529 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
20530 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
20531 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
20532 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
20533 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
20534 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
20535 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
20537 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
20539 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
20541 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
20542 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20543 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
20544 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20545 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
20546 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20547 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
20548 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20549 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
20550 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20551 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
20552 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20553 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
20554 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20555 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
20556 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20557 debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION,
20558 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20559 debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION,
20560 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20561 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
20562 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
20563 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
20564 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20565 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
20566 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
20568 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
20569 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
20570 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20571 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20572 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
20573 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
20576 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
20577 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20578 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
20579 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20580 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
20581 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20582 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
20583 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
20584 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
20585 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
20586 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
20587 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
20589 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
20591 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
20592 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
20593 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
20594 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
20597 switch_to_section (text_section);
20598 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
20599 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
20601 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
20602 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
20603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
20608 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
20609 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
20612 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
20614 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
20616 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
20617 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS || (!flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions))
20619 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
20623 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20624 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
20627 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20629 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20631 if (node->label && node->refcount)
20633 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
20634 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
20635 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
20641 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20642 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
20645 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
20649 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
20650 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
20652 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20654 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
20655 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
20658 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
20664 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
20667 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
20668 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
20671 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
20676 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20678 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
20680 /* A reference to another DIE.
20681 Make sure that it will get emitted.
20682 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
20683 if (dwarf_version < 4
20684 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
20685 || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL)
20686 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
20688 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
20689 accounts properly for it. */
20690 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20691 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
20696 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
20697 to DIE's children. */
20700 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
20704 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20706 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
20709 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
20710 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
20711 if (die->die_parent)
20712 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
20714 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
20715 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20717 /* If this node is a specification,
20718 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
20719 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
20720 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
20723 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
20725 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
20726 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
20729 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
20730 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
20731 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
20732 for all type definitions. */
20733 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type
20734 || (dwarf_version >= 4
20735 && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die)))
20736 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
20738 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20742 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
20743 and if so, mark them. */
20746 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die)
20750 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20753 switch (die->die_tag)
20755 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20756 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20757 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20760 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
20761 if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration)
20762 || die->die_definition != NULL)
20763 prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1);
20770 /* Mark children. */
20771 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c));
20774 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
20777 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
20781 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
20782 children have been marked as well. */
20783 if (die->die_mark == 2)
20786 switch (die->die_tag)
20788 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
20789 case DW_TAG_union_type:
20790 case DW_TAG_class_type:
20791 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20794 for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent)
20795 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
20798 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
20799 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
20800 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
20801 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
20802 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
20804 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die);
20806 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20809 case DW_TAG_const_type:
20810 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
20811 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
20812 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
20813 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
20814 case DW_TAG_typedef:
20815 case DW_TAG_array_type:
20816 case DW_TAG_interface_type:
20817 case DW_TAG_friend:
20818 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
20819 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
20820 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
20821 case DW_TAG_string_type:
20822 case DW_TAG_set_type:
20823 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
20824 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
20825 case DW_TAG_file_type:
20826 if (die->die_perennial_p)
20829 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
20833 /* Mark everything else. */
20837 if (die->die_mark == 0)
20841 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
20842 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
20847 /* Mark children. */
20848 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
20851 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
20855 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
20860 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
20861 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
20863 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
20865 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
20866 twice in the hash table. */
20868 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
20871 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
20872 htab_hash_string (s->str),
20874 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
20880 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
20883 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
20887 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
20888 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
20890 if (! die->die_child)
20893 c = die->die_child;
20895 dw_die_ref prev = c;
20896 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
20897 if (c == die->die_child)
20899 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
20901 /* No marked children at all. */
20902 die->die_child = NULL;
20905 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
20906 die->die_child = prev;
20911 if (c != prev->die_sib)
20913 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
20914 } while (c != die->die_child);
20917 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
20918 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
20919 decided to emit. */
20922 prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
20924 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
20926 if (!node->label || !node->refcount)
20927 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h);
20932 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
20935 prune_unused_types (void)
20938 limbo_die_node *node;
20939 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
20941 dcall_entry *dcall;
20943 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
20944 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
20945 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
20946 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20947 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
20948 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20949 verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die);
20950 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
20952 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
20953 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
20955 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
20956 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
20957 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20958 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
20959 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20961 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die);
20962 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1);
20965 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
20966 pubname_table or arange_table. */
20967 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
20968 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
20969 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
20970 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
20972 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
20973 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall); i++)
20974 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1);
20976 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
20977 if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced)
20978 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL);
20979 else if (debug_str_hash)
20980 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
20981 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
20982 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20983 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
20984 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20985 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die);
20987 /* Leave the marks clear. */
20988 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
20989 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
20990 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
20991 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next)
20992 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die);
20995 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
20998 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
21000 bool *p = (bool *) param;
21001 struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot;
21002 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
21010 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
21013 htab_ct_hash (const void *of)
21016 const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of;
21018 memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h));
21023 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
21025 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1;
21026 const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2;
21028 return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature,
21029 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE));
21032 /* Move a DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
21033 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
21034 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
21035 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
21036 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
21037 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
21040 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die)
21042 unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21043 dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21045 gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name);
21049 dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1);
21051 if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name)
21055 if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1)
21057 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr);
21058 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage);
21062 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
21063 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
21064 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
21067 resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
21071 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
21073 size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1;
21074 tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0));
21075 tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1);
21077 = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen));
21078 rtl = lookup_constant_def (t);
21079 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
21081 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
21082 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
21087 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
21088 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)
21089 && TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL
21090 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl)))
21093 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST
21094 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL))
21100 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
21101 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
21102 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
21105 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
21107 for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
21108 if ((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr
21109 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL))
21110 || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value
21111 && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr
21112 && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL)))
21117 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
21118 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
21119 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
21120 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
21121 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
21122 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
21125 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die)
21129 dw_loc_list_ref *curr;
21132 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
21133 switch (AT_class (a))
21135 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
21136 curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a);
21139 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr))
21141 dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21142 if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol)
21144 gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol);
21145 next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol;
21150 curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next;
21152 if (!AT_loc_list (a))
21154 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21158 case dw_val_class_loc:
21159 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a)))
21161 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21165 case dw_val_class_addr:
21166 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value
21167 && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL))
21169 remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr);
21177 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c));
21180 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
21181 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
21184 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
21186 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
21187 comdat_type_node *ctnode;
21188 htab_t comdat_type_table;
21189 dw_die_ref die = 0;
21192 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
21194 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
21195 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
21196 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
21197 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
21198 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21199 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
21202 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
21204 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
21207 for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++)
21209 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
21210 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die,
21211 VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable,
21215 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
21216 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
21217 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
21218 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
21220 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
21222 next_node = node->next;
21225 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
21227 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
21230 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
21231 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
21233 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
21234 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
21235 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21238 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
21239 nested function can be optimized away, which results
21240 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
21241 with the return type of that nested function. Force
21242 this to be a child of the containing function.
21244 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
21245 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
21246 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
21247 the function is likely unreachable too. */
21248 tree context = NULL_TREE;
21250 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
21252 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
21253 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21254 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
21255 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
21257 gcc_assert (context
21258 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
21259 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
21261 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
21263 add_child_die (origin, die);
21265 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
21270 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21272 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die);
21274 for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next)
21276 tree decl = node->created_for;
21277 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl))
21279 add_AT_string (node->die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
21280 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
21281 move_linkage_attr (node->die);
21285 deferred_asm_name = NULL;
21287 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
21288 emit full debugging info for them. */
21289 retry_incomplete_types ();
21291 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
21292 prune_unused_types ();
21294 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
21295 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
21296 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4)
21297 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
21299 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
21300 if (dwarf_version >= 4)
21302 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die);
21304 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
21305 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
21307 limbo_die_list = NULL;
21309 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
21310 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
21311 references to the main compile unit). */
21312 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21313 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die);
21314 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die);
21316 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
21317 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
21318 referenced. Prune them. */
21319 prune_unused_types ();
21322 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
21323 that have children. */
21324 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
21325 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21326 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
21327 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21328 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die);
21330 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
21331 switch_to_section (text_section);
21332 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
21333 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
21335 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
21336 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
21339 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
21341 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
21342 || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict))
21344 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
21345 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
21350 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
21351 bool range_list_added = false;
21353 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
21354 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
21355 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
21356 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
21357 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
21358 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
21359 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
21361 if (text_section_used)
21362 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, text_section_label,
21363 text_end_label, &range_list_added);
21364 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && cold_text_section_used)
21365 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, cold_text_section_label,
21366 cold_end_label, &range_list_added);
21368 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
21370 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
21372 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
21374 if (!fde->in_std_section)
21375 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21376 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
21377 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
21378 &range_list_added);
21379 if (!fde->cold_in_std_section)
21380 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die,
21381 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
21382 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
21383 &range_list_added);
21385 else if (!fde->in_std_section)
21386 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die, fde->dw_fde_begin,
21387 fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added);
21390 if (range_list_added)
21394 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
21395 if (have_location_lists)
21397 /* Output the location lists info. */
21398 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
21399 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
21400 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
21401 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
21402 output_location_lists (die);
21405 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21406 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21407 debug_line_section_label);
21409 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21410 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
21412 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
21413 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
21414 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
21415 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
21417 comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL);
21418 for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next)
21420 void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT);
21422 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
21423 if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY)
21426 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
21427 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
21429 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
21430 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
21431 debug_line_section_label);
21433 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode);
21436 htab_delete (comdat_type_table);
21438 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
21439 has been emitted. */
21440 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE);
21442 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
21443 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
21444 output_abbrev_section ();
21446 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
21447 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
21449 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
21450 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
21453 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
21454 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
21455 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
21456 simply won't look for the section. */
21457 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
21459 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
21460 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
21463 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
21464 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table))
21466 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section);
21467 output_dcall_table ();
21469 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table))
21471 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section);
21472 output_vcall_table ();
21475 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
21476 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
21477 if (fde_table_in_use)
21479 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
21483 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
21484 if (ranges_table_in_use)
21486 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
21487 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
21491 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
21492 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
21493 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
21494 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
21495 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
21496 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
21497 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
21499 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
21500 output_line_info ();
21503 /* Have to end the macro section. */
21504 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
21506 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
21507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
21510 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
21512 if (debug_str_hash)
21513 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
21517 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
21518 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
21522 0, /* assembly_start */
21525 0, /* start_source_file */
21526 0, /* end_source_file */
21527 0, /* begin_block */
21529 0, /* ignore_block */
21530 0, /* source_line */
21531 0, /* begin_prologue */
21532 0, /* end_prologue */
21533 0, /* end_epilogue */
21534 0, /* begin_function */
21535 0, /* end_function */
21536 0, /* function_decl */
21537 0, /* global_decl */
21539 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
21540 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
21541 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
21543 0, /* handle_pch */
21544 0, /* var_location */
21545 0, /* switch_text_section */
21546 0, /* direct_call */
21547 0, /* virtual_call_token */
21548 0, /* copy_call_info */
21549 0, /* virtual_call */
21551 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
21554 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
21556 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"